ML20099D484
| ML20099D484 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Cooper  |
| Issue date: | 02/01/1985 |
| From: | Buckley D, Lobner P SCIENCE APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL CORP. (FORMERLY |
| To: | |
| Shared Package | |
| ML20099D463 | List: |
| References | |
| 503-8500000-78, 503-8500000-78-R02, 503-8500000-78-R2, TAC-51232, NUDOCS 8503130362 | |
| Download: ML20099D484 (283) | |
Text
c ._
. . 503-8500000-78 (Rav. 2) 2/1/85 4
Attachment 5 DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS i
l OF THE DISPLAYS FOR THE 4
COOPER NUCLEAR STATION SAFETY PARAMETER DISPLAY SYSTEM (SPDS) i February'1, 1985 RECEIVED FEBRUARY 22, 1985 I
P. R. Lobner D. W. Buckley Staff Scientist Task Leader Science Applications Science Applications International Corporation International Corporation 4
10210 Campus Point Drive 10210 Campus Point Drive San Diego, CA 92121 San Diego, CA 92121 619/458-2763 619/458-2540 i
8503130362 850228 8 i PDa ADOCK 0500 Science Applications International Corporation l
l
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
. RECEIVED TABLE OF CONTENTS FEB 281985 i
Section Page I i
l 1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1 1.1 Relationship Between the Plant Management Information System (PMIS) and the Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1.2 Purpose of this Report .............. 1-5 1.3 Overview of the SPDS Displays . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.3.1 Level 1 Display (Plant Overview) ..... 1-7 1.3.2 Level 2 Displays (Safety Functions). . . . . 1-9 1.3.3 Level 3 Displays (EOP Support) . . . . . . . 1-10 1.4 Other PMIS and SPDS Documentation Incorporated by Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 2 DATA QUALITY, DATA VALIDATION AND GENERAL DISPLAY DESIGN GUIDELINES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2.1 Data Quality ................... 2-1 2.1.1 Definition of " Healthy" Data. . . . . . . . . 2-1 2.1.2 Relationship Between Quality Code and Color Fill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 2.2 Data Validation . . . . . . . . . . . . .i. . . . . 2-9 2.2.1 PMIS Data Validation Techniques . . . . . . . 2-9 2.2.2 Supplementary SPDS Data Validation
. Techniques. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 2.3 General Display Design Guidelines . . . . . . . . . 2-23 2.3.1 Bar Chart Guidelines. . . . . . . . . . . '. .. 2-24 2.3.2 Trend Plot Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 2.3.3 Multi-Parameter X-Y Plot Guidelines . . . . .
2-28 2.3.4 Mimic Guidelines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 ,
I 1
l iii
n 1 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 .
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
Section Page 3 FIELD INPUT DATA POINTS AND CALCULATED DATA POINTS FOR GENERATING COOPER SPDS DISPLAYS. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3.1 SPDS Data Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3.2 Definition of SPDS Points in the PMIS Data Base . . 3-16 3.3 Description of Calculations for Selected PMIS Composed Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 3.3.1 PMIS Rate-of-Change Transform . . . . . . . . 3-30 3.3.2 PMIS Healthy Calculations . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 3.4 Description of Calculations for External (Real)
Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 3.5 Guidelines for Separation of Redundant Field Input Points Used by the SPDS . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37 4 WARNING AND ALARM LIMITS FOR KEY PLANT VARIABLES . . . . 4-1 4.1 Warning and Alarm Limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4.2 Guidelines for Maintaining Warning and Alarm. . . . 4-13 5 SAFETY FUNCTION INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5.1 Reacti vi ty S FI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 5.2 Core Cooli ng SFI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5.3 Coolant System Integrity SFI. . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 5.4 Containment Integrity SFI . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 5.5 Radioactive Release SFI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 6 OTHER STATUS INDICATORS INCLUDED IN'SPDS DISPLAYS ... 6-1 9
6.1 Equipment Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 6.2 E0P Limit Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23 6.3 System Alarm Area Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 7 LEVEL 1 DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS ............ 7-1 l
7.1 Bar Characteri stics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 7.2 Equipment and E0P Limit Status Indicators . . . . . 7-3 iv
1 503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 l TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
Section Page 8 LEVEL 2 DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS ............ 8-1 8.1 Display L2.1.1, Reactivity Control (Bar). . . . . . 8-2 8.2 Display L2.1.2, Reactivity Control (Trend) .... 8-7 8.3 Display L2.2.1, RPV Water Level (Bar/RPV Mimic). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 8.4 Display L2.2.2, Core Cooling (Trend). . . . . . . . 8-17 8.5 Display L2.3.1, Coolant System Integrity (Bar). . . 8-20 8.6 Display L2.3.2, Coolant System Integrity (Trend). . 8-23 8.7 Display L2.4.1, Containment Integrity (Bar) . . . . 8-26 8.8 Display L2.4.2, Containment Integrity (Trend) . . . 8-30 8.9 Display L2.4.3, Suppression Chamber Mimic . . . . .
8-32 8.10 Display L2.5.1, Radioactive Release (Bar) . . . . . 8-37 8.11 Display L2.5.2, Radioactive Release (Trend, Page 1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42 8.12 Display L2.5.3, Radioactive Release (Trend, Page 2/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-44 9 LEVEL 3 DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS ............ 9-1 9.1 E0P Display L3.1, Heat Capacity Temperature Limit . 9-3 9.2 E0P Display L3.2, Heat Capacity Level Limit . . . . 9-8 9.3 E0P. Display L3.3, Suppression Pool Load Limi.t . . . 9-13 9.4 E0P Display L3.4, Containment Pressure Limits . . . 9-18 9.5 E0P Display L3.5, Drywell Spray Initiation Pressure Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 9.6 E0P Display L3.6, Drywell Hydrogen and Oxygen Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28 9.7 E0P Display L3.7, Suppression Chamber Hydrogen and Oxygen Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37 9.8 E0P Display L3.8, RHR Pump NPSH Limits. . . . . .-. 9-42 9.9 E0P Display L3.9, Core Spray Pump NPSH Limits . . . 9-48 v
m 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
Section Page 9.10 E0P Display L3.11, RPV Saturation Temperature Limit . ...................... 9-52 9.11 E0P Display L3.12, Maximum' Core Uncovery Time Limit . ...................... 9-57 9.12 E0P Display L3.15, RPV Pressure / Level Status Matrix ...................... 9-60 10
SUMMARY
........... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 I
l I
f l Vi
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 LIST OF TABLES Table Page 2-1 Data Quality Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 2-2 Identification of Redundant Input Points Used by the C oope r SP DS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 2-3 Sumary of Validation Criteria for Composed Points Associated with SPDS Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 3-1 Data Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Dispicys . . . . . 3-3 3-2 Summary of Field Input Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays . . . . . . . . . ... . ... . . . . . . . . 3-17 3-3 Sequential Listing of Analog Field Input Points Used by the Coope r SPDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 3-4 Sequential Listing of Digital Field Input Points Used by the Cooper SPDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
', 3-5 Cross-Reference to Descriptions of Calculations to Support External (Real ) Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 4-1 Instrument Ranges,- Normal Operating Limits and Warni ng/Al arm Limi ts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 4-2 Sumary of Warning and Alarm Limits for Data Points Used Directly by SPDS. . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 4-3 Sumary of SPDS Composed Points That are Affected by
- Changes of Field Input Point Warning and Alarm Limits in the PMIS Data Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 6-1 Sumary of Equipment Status Indicators. . . . .. . . . . . 6-2 6-2 Summary of E0P Limit Status Indicators. . . . . . . . . . 6-24 8-1 Reactor Water Level Scale Correlation . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 8-2 Supression Pool Water Level Correlation . . . . . . . . . 8-28 9-1 Coordinates of the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 9-2 Coordinates of the Heat Capacity Level Limit Curve. . . . 9-10 9-3 Coordinates of the Suppression Pool Load Limit Curve. . . 9-15 !
l I
vii
503-8500000-78 (Rev. C) 2/1/85 LIST OF TABLES (CONTINUED)
Table Page 9-4 Coordinates of the Containment Pressure Limit Curves. . . 9-20 9-5 Coordinates of the Drywell Spray Initiation Pressure Limit Curve . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25 9-6 Coordinates of the Containment Hydrogen and Oxygen Limit Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32 3-7 Coordinates of the RHR NPSH Limit Curves (Single RHR
~
Pump Per Loop Operation Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-45 -
9-8 Coordinates of the Core Spray NPSH Limit Curves. . . . . 9-50 9-9 Coordinates of the RPV Saturation Temperature Limit Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54 ,
9-10 Coordinates of the Maximum Acceptable Core l
Uncovery Time Limit Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58 l 10-1 Summary of Plant Information Contained in CNS SPDS Displays ....................... 10-2 l
1
( .
5 s
e o
viii
5 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 l
- LIST OF FIGURES Figure Page 1-1 Functions of the CNS Plant Management Information System (PMIS) ..................... 1-2 1-2 PMIS Hardware Configuration .............. 1-3 1-3 Control Room Input /0utput Devices Supported by PMIS .. 1-4 1-4 Hierarchy of SPDS Displays for the Cooper Nuclear Station ........................ 1-6 1-5 Basic CRT Layout for the Cooper Nuclear Station SPDS . . 1-8 2-1 Sensor and Al a rm lones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 4-1 Limits on Safety Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 5-1 Criteria for YELLOW Reactivity Control SFI . . . . . . . 5-4 5-2 Criteria for RED Reactivity Control SFI. . . . . . . . . 5-5 5-3 Criteria for MAGENTA Reactivity Control SFI. . . . . . . 5-6 5-4 Criteria for YELLOW Core Cooling SFI . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 5-5 Criteria for RED Core Cooling -SFI . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 5-6 Criteria for MAGENTA Core Coolin.g SFI. . . . . . . . . . 5-10 5-7 Criteria for YELLOW Coolant System Integrity SFI . . . .' 5-13 5-8 Criteria for RED Coolant System Integrity SFI. . . . . . 5-14 5-9 Criteria for MAGENTA Coolant System Integrity SFI. . . . 5-18 5-10 Criteria for YELLOW Containment Integrity SFI. . . . . . 5-20 5-11 Criteria for RED Containment Integrity SFI . . . . . . . 5-21
. 5-12 Criteria for MAGENTA Containment Integrity SFI . . . . . 5-22 5-13 Criteria for YELLOW Radioactive Release SFI. . . . . . . 5-24 5-14 Criteria for RED Radioactive Release SFI . . . . . . . . 5-25 .
5-15 Criteria for MAGENTA Radioactive Release SFI . . . . . . 5-26 6-1 Processing Logic for Point SPDS0080 and Operation of the All APRM Downscale ESI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8 6-2 Processing Logic for Point SPDS0039 and Operation of the Reactor Scram ESI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-11 6-3 Processing Logic.for Points SPDS0089, SPDS0093 to SPDS0099, and Operation of the SRV "A" to "H".ESIs . . . G-13 ix
503-850.0000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
LIST OF FIGURES (CONTINUED)
Figure Page 6-4 Processing Logic for Points SPDS0040 to SPDS0042 and Operation of the Safety Valve "A" to "C" ESIs. . . . . . 6-15 6-5 Processing Logic for Point SPDS0050 and Operation of 4
the SRV and SV Status ESI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 6-6 Processing logic for Point SPD50010 and Operation of the MSIV Status ESI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 6-7 Processing Logic for point SPDS0085 and Operation of '
the HPCI Pump ESI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2O 6-8 Processing logic for Point SPDS0086 and Operation of the RCIC Pump ESI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 6-9 Processing Logic for Point SPDS0054 and Operation of the D rywel l Sump Pump ES I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 6-10 Processing Logic for System Alarm Area (SAA)
I ndi ca t o r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
'7-1 Display L1.0, Plant Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 8-1 Ranges of the CNS Neutron Monitoring System (SRM, IRM and APRM only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
- 8-2 Display L2.1.1, Reactivity Control (Bar) . . . . . . . . 8-6 8-3 Display L2.1.2, Reactivity Control (Trend) . . . . . . . 8-8 .
8-4 Reactor Water Level Indication Correlation (from CNS Tech Specs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15 8-5 Display L2.2.1, RPV Water Level (Bar/ Mimic). . . . . . . 8-16 8-6 Display L2.2.2, Core Cooling (Trend) . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 8-7 Display L2.3.1, Coolant System Integrity (Bar) . . . . . 8-22 8-8 Display L2.3.2, Coolant System Integrity (Trend) . . . . 8-25
! 8-9 Display L2.4.1, Containment Integrity -(Bar). . . . . . . 8-29 8-10 Display L2.4.2, Containment Integrity (Trend). . . . . . 8-31 8-11 Physical Arrangement of Torus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35 8-12 Display L.2.4.3 . Suppression Chamber Mimic . . . . . . . 8-36 8-13 Display L2.5.1, Radioactive Release (Bar). . . . . . . . 8-40 ,
X
503-8500000-78 (Rcv. 2) 2/1/85
. e LIST OF FIGURES (CONTINUED)
Figure Page 8-14 Processing Logic for Point SPDS0078. . . . . . . . . . . 8-41 8-15 Display L2.5.2, Radioactive Release (Trend, Page 1/2). . 8-43 8-16 Display L2.5.3, Radioactive Release (Trend, Page 2/2). . 8-45 9-1 Display L3.1, Heat Capacity Temperature Limit. . . . . . 9-6 9-2 Processing Logic for Points SPDS0084, SPDS000B and Operation of the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit E0 PSI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . g.7 9-3 Display L3.2, Heat Capacity Level Limit. ........ 9-11 9-4 Processing Logic for Point SPDS001B and Operation of the Heat Capacity Level Limit E0 PSI. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 ~
9-5 Display L3.3, Suppression Pool Load Limit. . . . . . . . 9-16 9-6 Processing Logic for Point SPDS002B and Operation of the Suppression Pool Load Limit E0 PSI. . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17 9-7 Display L3.4, Containment Pressure Limits. . . . . . . . 9-21 9-8 Processing Logic for Point SPDS0048 and Operation of the Containment Pressure Limit E0 PSI . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 9-9 Display L3.5, Drywell Spray Initiation Pressure Limit. . . . . . . . .................. 9-26 9-10 Processing Logic fo. Point SPDS006B and Operation of the Drywell Spray Initiation Pressure Limit E0 PSI. . . . . . 9-27' 9-11 Display L3.6, Drywell Hydrogen and Oxygen Status . . . . 9-33 9-12 Processing Logic for Points SPDS0069, SPDS0090, SPDS0091 and SPDS0092. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-34 9-13 Processing Logic for Point SPDS007B and Operation of the Drywell Hydrogen Concentration Limit E0 PSI . . . . . 9-35 9-14 Processing Logic for Point SPDS0098 and Operation of the Drywell Oxygen Concentration Limit E0 PSI. . . ... 9-36 xi
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
LIST OF FIGURES (CONTINUED)
Figure Page 9-15 Display L3.7, Suppression Chamber Hydrogen and Oxygen Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40 9-16 Processing Logic for Point SPDS010B and Operation of the Suppression Chamber Oxygen Concentration Limit E0 PSI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 41 9-17 Display L3.8, RHR Pump NPSH Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46 9-18 Processing Logic for Point SPDS0118 and Operation of I the NPSH Limit E0 PSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47 9-19 Display L3.9, Core Spray Pump NPSH Limits. . . . . . . . 9 9-20 Display L3.11, RPV Saturation Temperature Limit. . . . . 9-55 9-21 Processing Logic for Point SPD5028B and Operation of the RPV Saturation Temperature Limit E0 PSI . . . . . . . 9-56 9-22 Display L3.12, Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit. .... 9-59 9-23 Display L3.15, RPV Pressure / Level Status Matrix. . . . . 9-65
~
9-24 Processing Logic for Points SPDS0238 to SPDS0278 and l
Operation of the RPV Pressure / Level Status Matrix. . . . 9-66 -
i I
l a
0 I
l xii
~
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
- 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PLANT MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM (PMIS) AND THE SAFETY PARAMETER DISPLAY SYSTEM (SPDS)
The Cooper Nuclear Station (CNS) Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS) is a subsystem of an integrated computer system called the Plant Management Information System (PMIS). The PMIS is comprised of: (a) a modular, intelligent, multiplexed, front-end data acquisition subsystem, (b) redundant preprocessors, (c) modern, high-speed, real-time, multi-user, multi-tasking central processors coupled with operator-interactive software, and (d) color graphic display equipment. The PMIS incorporates the follow-ing functions: (a) all functions of the existing GE/ PAC 4020 Plant Process computer, (b) the Safety Parameter Display System, (c) ability to charac-terize and predict radiological plumes, (d)'the functions of the transient recording and analysis system, and (e) additional plant management systems.
The PMIS will provide improvements in the ability of the plant; operators and support staff to determine the status of the plant, avo.d abnormal ' events, and react promptly to recover from adverse conditions. Human-factored CRT displays will assist the operators in assessing the plant status and will guide them in the response to abnormal plant conditions. Appropr'iate sample rates and on-line, long-term data storage and retrieval capabilities are provided to support post-transient analysis and core performance calcu-lations. An overview of the various PMIS functions, includtng the SPDS, is shown in Figure 1-1.
The major hardware components of the PMIS are shown in Figure 1-2.
The SPDS display terminals interface with the PMIS via rack-mounted modems, as shown in Figure 1-3; therefore, the SPDS is dependent on the PMIS data acquisition subsystem, preprocessors, and central processors.
To the extent practical, the SPDS utilizes available capabilities of the PMIS software. Special software is needed, however, for the following unique SPDS functions:
1-1
1
- I 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 l
r b' E .e z '3 4
Ea *
- 7. S
- E OYf 5,
, ,f
's,
's su ,
- T4
! 49 9 9 S: ~&
.h if <'6::
+ , ar'iEIs [ .,_ n-
. 5'
\' .
T1c ew'C
- C 3 %o,' CAL U o
' go d g4 M*~ #d of, 4*8 8 ct" Elh 7l,<g '/eg #*
o
.s .
~ n
- i .'> t ,v nu
//; -
<fe7 qg ,
- l l
1 l
i Figure 1-1. Functions of the CNS Plant Management Information System (PMIS).
1-2
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 Il ss t I= =e r
- i y s ,,8.I. . il v
3si I!!! g:; ...... . I fff ",
t 5t L. .L.
-J J .L Ill i.! GE ll ,!, .! I ,I, I.
I _
f I i S
t ,
, a li 8
. 2
!~ _j- l &
l!l l =
21
- si rc l3I' 8 i 3 -'p
_i !.i. 3 .
_ . u
,- I -
c
. .j (),il i '
i ' i =
I E
r_ a i, =!'ll si m
i.!
=
8 8 l ~
- - . :s-i -
i 'I . .i
!- i l 11 4 i.l1 - -
i g a e 2 i 11 - I E m
,J k
. . . . .t , . ..
al E 3 3 3 3 3 .
11 l a a a I
a a
=
. ,I ,I-
- - ,I. ,I- I s
\\
==-=== - I g ,[
i!l:g liti! .
II l
l i
s 1-3 i e ,- - v,
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 i
I CONTROL ROOM RACK MOUNT MOOEMS ouva, f _M_7 g l g
MICOM GRAPHtCS "a'6W" M da1 ums l IDS 4900 l CN l g sagor g MITW - MULTIPLEXER g
"""*" I GRAPHICS misum, MICOM uam uni l TERM 6NAL g
! VERSATEC b=--=d V90 PRINTER /
"IIIM. PLOTTER misuser m ute g uaan, MICOM - OR Apwic;;'f 8
umi I l- i muwzm l m 6vm, uan MICOM GRAPHisi g
L _J Micomu wwsm l
""' " i" I d
m,mwm,
-mi MICOM une g
/fd5P,\
ongpg
._ -.m , :=>;-
""0 ' PftINTER l
J DEC LA100 m,gy,,, muwmm g MATRIX uan, M6CO,M um [ PRINTER
"""E" DEC LA 100 micon l MATRIX uam,s MfCOM une l PftlNTER l
l DEC LA 100
,,cq, muuam g MATRIX Mada, MICOM une l PfttNTEM l
w.,m ,
mm 4
i Figure 1-3. Control Room Input / Output Devices Supported by PMIS. l l
1-4 l
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 l
- Routines to support external (real) data points
- - Calculation of current value
- Alarm / limit checking
- Assignment of quality code !
- Interfacing with PMIS routines for updating the current value table
- Routines to drive displays or display features not supported by the PMIS display compiler
- Routines to support data validation features of the SPDS that supplement those performed by the PMIS PMIS hardware and software must be viewed as an integral part of the SPDS. The role of the SPDS, however, is unique among PMIS subsystems.
1.2 PURPOSE OF THIS REPORT This report contains a detailed description of the Safety Para-meter Display System developed for the Cooper Nuclear Station. It defines SPDS data requirements, display format and content, and the manner in which the individual displays and specific di' Splay features are expected to operate. Also described in this report are external calculations and data validation functions that are performed separately by the SPDS. Separate documentation is p,rovided for: (a) PMIS hardware and software needed to support the SPDS, (b) human factors guidelines, (c) SPDS safety analysis, and (d) special SPDS sof tware. See Section 1.4 for a list of references to these other documents.
1.3 OVERVIEW 0F THE SPDS DISPLAYS -
The SPDS subsystem of the PMIS consolidates important plant parameters into unique displays that provide information: (a) on the status of plant safety functions, and (b) to support the use of symptort-oriented Emergency Operating Procedures (E0Ps). The information presented to the control room operators via the SPDS is structured into a three-level l hierarchy of color graphic displays as shown in Figure 1-4. In summary, the l
three levels of the SPDS display hierarchy are the following:
1-5
O w
LEVELI PLANT DISPLAY OVERVIEW O (1) O 8
fu D5 AYS REACTIVITY CORE COOLANT CONTAINMENT RADIOACTIVE ggyg CONTROL COOLING SYSTEM I?lTEGRITY RELEASE INTECRITY 1 , ir 1 r l 1r MIMIC l 1 r PAGE 2 PAGEI Y
Ch TREND TREND TREND TREND TREND l
DRYWELL SUPPRESSION HEAT HEAT SUPPRESSION CONTAINMENT SPRAY DRYWELL CHAMBER CAPACITY CAPACITY POOL PRESSURE INITIATION Hy&O2 H 2,Oy f
TEMP. LIMIT LEVEL LIMIT LOAD LIMIT LIMITS PRESSURE STATUS STATUS LIMIT LEVEL 3 DISPLAYS (12)
- ppy RHR CORE SPRAY RPV MAXIMUM CORE PRESSURE /
PUMP PUMP SATURATION UNCOVERY LEVEL NPSH NPSH TEMPERATURE TIME LIMIT STATUS LIMITS LIMITS LIMIT MATRIX y C
S?
Figure 1-4. Hierarchy of SPDS Displays for the Cooper Nuclear Station.
9 e
-L
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
- - Level 1 display (Plant overview)
- Level 2 displays (Safety functions)
- Level 3 displays (EOP support) l The basic CRT screen format used in the CNS SPDS is shown in Figure 1-5. The l detailed format, content and operation of each SPDS display was developed with careful consideration of the guidance in the Human Factors Plan (document 503-8500000-77). A general description of the CNS SPDS display hierarchy follows.
1.3.1 Level 1 Display (Plant Overview)
A key feature of the CRT layout shown in Figure 1-5 is the SPDS Status Area (SSA) which includes five rectangular blocks, or Safety Function Indicators (SFIs) that show, at a glance, the current status of the following five safety functions:
Reactivity control Core cooling (and heat removal from the primary system)
- Coolant system integrity Containment integrity Radioactive release
~
Level 2 displays provide more detailed information on plant variables '
related to each safety function.
Each SFI block in the SSA is color- coded to indicate the current status of the safety function. Each SFI is controlled by an external (real) data point that is calculated by SPDS sof tware using appropriate plant variables associated with the corresponding Level 2 displays. For example, during normal power operation, all Safety Function Indicators will be GREEN.
An SFI block will change to display Y.ELLOW (warning condition), RED (alarm condition), or MAGENTA (data validation problem) as dictated by the current value of the external (real) data point which drives the SFI. A complete descript' ion of the operation of the five Safety Functions Indicators is contained in Section 5.
1-7
C c 1 .
)
uOws o OoCOo N 9#2.
D U ND%c)U 3
A A E E S n V A A s A e
otrl u Y E
s NOA I
e s ul K a
n A. O 00 n tA s
t C
AI0l O )A A8 A) RH1sO G t81 tA s t aA EPA s A clA ss NAE N oE n" el EMR0 4 rR uf eA t OOA1 eA fO sE yR A
s/i E CC O
1 E 9 .
o ( S m) u J - iE D
_ AA E
t alC I
D e
y7 2
f.r R nE S
6 T
P S
i oA E. : aL =H n
_ tE J3 iE 6f1 o nR 23: cR FL i EA n P t aE nG s7 a a uN a8 t cIs m r S Il i r a
t e hY l ET a- I tR =E 6 N c
u IG 5S nE F01 r rT
, i 3 e p
C I' o
o 1 C W e .
5 0 h 0 t 6
Y 4= r
=E o
)
A Jt ' LT eR 4L FO f
C o JT3 O t H u l
A KFE aTt O o E Crt C y a l a A Y L t
s S
u 0 T o
1 4= R c C
_ n Y
_ o =P c t
A 3O i R
3 FC s h s a e
r c
WlC -
t W B .
C0 W
S 0
C 5 1
e r
=+ u g
2 r
F+ i F
+
I I
U +
T C
e p H t n P e j i
.m g
p Mh i ! $ * ,' ; il
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 l
. The Level 1 display for the CNS SPDS is actually the SPDS Status Area, which appears in the same location on all SPDS displays. Regardless of which SPDS display is being viewed, the operator is constantly appraised of the current status of plant safety functions. The level 1 display is therefore linked directly to all other displays in the three-level hierarchy of SPDS displays.
To provide additional information of an overview nature, the following plant variables are displayed in the General and Graphic Display Area (GGDA, see Figur~e 1-5) of the Level 1 (L1.0) display:
- Average Power Range Monitor (APRM, average)
- Reactor Pressure Vessel (RPV) pressure
- RPV water level (narrow range)
- Drywell pressure (narrow range)
These variables are displayed as horizontal bar charts. Also included in the GGDA are two Equipment Status Indicators (ESIs) and an E0P Limit Status Indicator (EOPSI) that are intended to ex' tend the usefulness of this display. Characteristics of the-Level 1 display are discussed in detail in Section 7.
1.3.2 Level 2 Displays (Safety Functions)
The Level 2 displays consist of bar charts, trends plots, and mimics, as appropriate to indicate the current value and trend of key variables related to each of the safety functions identified previously.
The Level 1 Safety Function Indicators appear in the SPDS Status Area of every Level 2 display. In addition, a variety of Equipment Status 4
Indicators (ESIs) and Emergency Operating Procedure Limit Status Indicators (E0PSIs) are included in the General and Graphic Display Area of selected Level 2 displays. The E0PSIs provide a communications link from the Level 3 displays up to the appropriate Level 2 displays. There are twelve Level 2 displays, as follows:
L2.1.1, Reactivity control (bar)
L2.1.2, Reactivity control (trend)
L2.2.1, RPV water level (bar/RPV mimic) 1-9
l 503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 l
- L2.2.2, Core cooling (trend) -
- L2.3.1, Coolant system integrity (bar)
- L2.3.2, Coolant system integrity (trend)
- L2.4.1, Containment integrity (bar)
- L2.4.2, Containment integrity (trend)
- L2.4.3, Suppression chamber mimic
- L2.5.1, Radioactive release (bar)
- L2.5.2, Radioactive release (trend page 1/2)
- L2.5.3, Radioactive release (trend page 2/2)
Characteristics of the Level 2 displays are discussed in detail in Section
- 8. .
1.3.3 Level 3 Displays (EOP Support)
The Level 3 displays are at the lowest level of the SPOS display hierarchy. These, displays consist of graphic plots that show the proximity of the plant to mult'iple-parameter limits curves or decision points that are specified in the plant Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs). In addition, the Level 1 Safety Function Indicators appear in the SPDS Status Area of every Level 3 display. The following limit curves cefined in the E0Ps are '
included in twelve Level 3 displays in the CNS SPDS:
- L3.1, Heat capacity temperature limit ,
- L3.2, Heat capacity level limit
- L3.3, Suppression pool load limit
- L3.4, Containment pressure limits (3 superimposed limit curves) l - Pressure suppression pressure limit
- Primary containment pressure limit
- Primary containment design pressure -
L3.5, Drywell spray initiation pressure limit
- L3.6, Drywell hydrogen and oxygen status -
L3.7, Suppression chamber hydrogen and oxygen status
- L3.8, RHR pump NPSH limits L3.9, Core spray pump NPSH limits
- L3.11, RPV. saturation temperature limit 1-10
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
- - L3.12, Maximum core uncovery time limit
- - L3.15, RPV pressure / level status matrix )
Proximity to these limits determines the status of the E0PSIs which are included in the Level 1 and Level 2 displays. Another important linkage among SPDS displays is provided by the System Alarm Area Indicator which displays a MAGENTA "E" in the System Alarm Area (SAA, see Figure 1-5) of all SPDS displays whenever any E0 PSI is in a warning or alarm state. This indicator is " blank" when all E0PSIs. are in a normal state. Characteristics of the Level 3 displays are discussed in detail in Section 9.
1.4 OTHER PMIS AND SPDS DOCUMENTATION INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE As stated in Section 1.2, the scope of this document is limited, ,
and it is not intended to be a stand-alone design document for the SPDS.
This document implements or interfaces with the following other reference documents that were generated in support of the NPPD Plant Management Information System project:
Functional Specification, 501-850010,9-26,
- Detailed Design Volume I - Software, 502-8500110-1
- Detailed Design Volume II - Interface, 502-8500110-2 -
- Point I/0' Summary, 501-8500103-27 Human Factors Plan, 503-8500000-77 Safety Parameter Display System Safety Analysis, 503-8500000-76 I
l l
1-11
(. - - - .
i l I
i 1
l O
b 6
i D
w
. 4 1
,l 1
1 1
1-12 t- _ - - .- - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ' "
- 7 --- __
9 _ __
e 503-8500000-78 (Ray.-2) 2/1/85
- 2. DATA QUALITY, DATA VALIDATION AND GENERAL DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS DESIGN GUIDELINES ,
2.1 DATA QUALITY Each time a field input point is sampled by the PMIS, a data quality code is appended to the current value. The PMIS data quality codes are listed in Table 2-1. The quality and limit checks are performed in the order listed in Table 2-1 (1.e.,
from 00 to 18). If all checks are
~
satisfactory, the point is assigned a quality of GOOD, otherwise it is assigned the quality of the first check that is failed. Sensor and alarm zones that are. considered when establishing data quality are illustrated in Figure 2-1. The following information needed to perform the relevant quality checks is specified in the PMIS data base definition of each data point:
Processing control logicals
- Warning limits (high, low)
Alarm limits (high, low)
Engineering limits (high, low)
Redundant point ID and tolerance (if applicable)
Initialization data quality (if desired)
~
Alarm cutout point and alarm cutout status (if applicable)
The quality code of a calculated data point can be determined by propagatins the worst quality code of any of the inputs to the calculation.
To the exttnt practical, the SPDS calculations are performed using " healthy" inputs as described below.
2.1.1 Definition of " Healthy" Data In many cases, a valid result can be calculated even when one or
~
more " poor" quality input points are rejected from the calculation. To take advantage of this, the quality code of any rejected input point is not considered in a " healthy" calculation, and the quality code assigned to the i
2-1
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
Table 2-1. Data Quality Codes
- l PMIS No. Code. Description Default Color 00 UNK Unknown, point not yet processed White 01 DEL Point deleted from processing Magenta (first processing control logical = N) 02 NCAL Could not calculate a software computer point (insufficient Magenta healthy inputs to calculation) -
03 INVL Data acquisition system front-end Magenta i hardware error (assigned by data
- acquisition system) 04 RDER Sensor read error (assigned by data Magenta acquisition system) 05 OTC Open thermocouple detection (assigned Magenta by data acquisition system) '
~
06 BAD Input counts out of sensor range Magenta (assigned by data acquisition system) -
07 HRL Point above high reasonable limit Magenta (EU high) in PMIS data base 08 LRL Point below low reasonable limit Magenta
! (EU low) in PMIS data base 09 REDU Redundant point check alarm based Magenta on redundant point definition and tolerance in PMIS data base 10 HALM Point above high alarm limit in Red PMIS data base 11 LALM Point below low alarm limit in Red >
PMIS data base 12 HWRN Point above high warning limit in Yellow PMIS data base -
13 LWRN Point below low warning limit in Yellow PMIS data base l
t 6
2-2
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 9
Table 2-1. Data Quality Codes
- PMIS No. Code Description Default Color
, 14 ALM Logical change-of-state alarm on Red digital or logical points 15 SUB Substitute value assigned to point Blue (assigned by PMIS based on operator input of subs'titute value via man-machine interface) 16 DALM Point deleted from alarm processing Green (second processing control logical = N, no quality or limit checks are performed on the point)
, 17 INHB Alarm inhibited by an alarm cut-out Green point .specified in PMIS data base (data is good, but the alarm function has been inhibited by a prescribed plant or system condition that can be defined in terms of the status of a digital alarm cutout point) 18 GOOD Good Green
- Note that the first 9 quality codes, (UNK to LRL) are considered to represent "not-healthy" data. Quality codes from REDU to G000 are considered to represent " healthy" data, and are used in " healthy" calculations.
l l
2-3
E'r *,u8g?Nm Du e
1ai H
_ O B
_ / I1 eI H E
_ / t t
l e 0 6
e e
g A y R t 8 s 8 e 08 g
7 [
E t
t s
8 E
S A
0 .
0 0 s s A 8 e e n n
n E
D o iI Z u
t A m r
c a u
s l r
e A
/f t t
E d
n E a.
n a / ,
r l
n j o s
a E e n m
e s
0 l e S
e 2 E aei a L 0 0
E a A 0 s .
u 8
2 f
e 0 i 1 A f 3 -
1s
- N O L
0 s
0 0 g u
g g
O 2
0 1
o L e 0
0 d
e L g
i r
s e
t n t t s g u
f A e ie A t m i
= A A t
E F
N L 8
8 S 0
8 A0 0 0
. 0 0 E S 8 A E
R
_ r EE EgIE -r _
0 y et 0
0 n l e e n
e n
s t
ss uac _
3 o s e e e g
r Rm I L t t t ft i
Ee E s s e sa E eE mE o e
t c
e m mn m r mos a e Ae oe I
Gm A n o nA e
eA En t
A A n*" A t ER w "' =
l s
mb
I 503-8500000-78 (R;v. 2) 2/1/85
- result is the worst quality code of the remaining inputs. This approach is taken in the following cases: (a) the " healthy average" and " healthy maximum" pseudo-analog calculations that can be performed by the PMIS, (b) the " healthy OR" and " healthy AND" Boolean operations that can be l performed by the PMIS, and (c) special calculations that are performed for external (real) data points used by the SPOS.
An SPOS " healthy" calculation will only include input points whose quality code is one of the following:
l REDU HALM LALM HWRN LWRN ALM SUB OALM INHB GOOD Points with the following quality codes should be excluded from " healthy" calculations.
UNK DEL NCAL INVL RDER OTC BAD HRL LRL
! Healthy calculations are described in Section 3.2. When a healthy
- result cannot be calculated because of the unavailability of an adequate j number of healthy inputs, a quality of NCAL is assigned to the result.
! 2.1.1.1 Basis for Treating REDU Quality Data as Healthy Data The PMIS. data base allows an analog point to be designated as the redundant counterpart of one other analog point. When these two points differ by more than a specified tolerance, and all prior quality and limit checks have been satisfactory, both points are assigned a quality of REDU.
In this case, the SPOS cannot judge which data point, if any, is at fault.
For this reason RE00 quality data is assumed to be healthy, and further resolution by the operators is needed.
It is possible that an REDU quality will be assigned simply because the PMIS redundant tolerance limit was set too small. Operating experience with the SPDS will identify this type of problem. The corrective actions needed are to: (a) determine more appropriate redundant tolerance limits for the points in question, and (b) update the PMIS data base to reflect 'the revised tolerances.
2-5
l 503-8500000-78 (R v. 2) 2/1/85 .
An REDU quality also will be assigned when equipment or instrumentation associated with one of the two redundant points experiences .
excessive drift or a fault of some type. The corrective actions needed in
~
this case are to: (a) determine which point is at fault, and (b) restore the faulted point to normal operation, or (c) delete the faulted point from scan if b, above cannot be accomplished in a timely manner. When the faulted point is deleted from scan, its quality is set to DEL, and the redundant point check is not performed on the redundant counterpart point.
2.1.1.2 Basis for Treating HALM, LALM, HWRN and LWRN Quality Data as Healthy Data The quality codes HALM, LALM, HWRN and LWRN are assigned based on a comparison of the current value of an analog, pseudo-analog, transform or external (real) point with warning and alarm limits specified in the PMIS data base. One of these quality codes can be assigned only if all prior quality and limit checks have been satisfactory. It therefore is expected that the point represents healthy data.
I 2'.1.1. 3 Basis for Treating ALM Quality Data as Healthy Data _
l The qualify code. ALM is assigned based on a comparison of the current value of a digital, Boolean or external (logical) point with alarm states specified in the PMIS data base. This quality code is assigned only l
if all prior quality and limit checks have been satisfactory. It therefore is expected that the point represents healthy data.
2.1.1.4 Basis for Treating DALM and SUB Quality Data as Healthy Data All SPDS rate-of-change (ROC) variables are assigned a quality
- code of DALM because the second processing control logical for these
~
l variables has been set to 'N' in the PMIS data base. Qual 1ty and limit checking has been suppressed for all SPDS ROC data because of the following considerations:
I
- No warning of alarm limits are specified in the PMIS data base for I
- All ROC data is displayed in CYAN. (i.e., conventional GREEN, l YELLOW, RED color coding is not used).
2-6 l
1 503-8500000-78 (Rov. 2) 2/1/85
- All ROC data is displayed in conjunction with the current-value
^
data from which the ROC is computed. This current value data is subject to PMIS and SPDS validation (see Section 2).
- With nly one exception, ROC data are not used in subsequent calculations. (The exception is the calculation of source range monitor reactor period, see Section 8.)
^
It should be noted that rate-of-change, by itself, is seldom an j accurate measure of the " goodness" or " badness" of the current plant state (i.e., low but increasing RPV water level may be a " good" situation, while
, high RPV water level, increasing at the same rate, may be a " bad" situation.
This example points to the fact that warning and alarm. limits for ROC variables may be a function of the current value of the variable from which
- the ROC is calculated. This type of dependency cannot be represented in the PMIS data base. Displaying ROC data in CYAN avoids having to consider this type of dependency. Use of the CYAN color code should have no adverse impact on the use of the SPDS because ROC data is provided in the SPDS as supplementary information. The SPOS Safety Analysis
- did not identify any.
4 ROC data that was directly related to safety function status or E0P entry
- conditions.
{
A substituted value (quality code SUB) is considered to be healthy l because it is assumed that a substitute value will only be assigned for j . specific, controlled purpcses such as: (a) SPDS testing, or (b) when PMIS l data acquisition problems render an SPDS data point unavailable, but the value of the data point is known from another, reliable source. In both of I
these cases, it is necessary to treat a substitute value as a healthy data j value in order to use it in any of the SPDS healthy calculations. If a substitute value were treated as not healthy, it would not be usable in l determing the value of healthy SPOS composed points.
,
- Safety Parameter Display System Safety Analysis, 503-8500000-76 i
I 2-7
0 _0
]
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 -
It is the responsibility of the utility to control the use of the SPDS capabilities to delete a point from quality and limit checking and assign substitute values. With simple controls, it is expected tha't the operation and testing of tne SPDS actually should be enhanced by considering, DALM and SUB quality data as healthy data.
2.1.1.5 Basis for Treating INHB Quality Data as Healthy Data The quality code INHB is assigned to an analog, pseudo-analog, transform or external (real) point when a digital alarm cutout point changes states as specified in the PMIS data base description of the " analog" point.
The digital alarm cutout point provides information on a plant or equipment state that negates the need for warnings and alarms from a particular
" analog" point. This quality code can be assigned only if: (a) a digital alarm cutout point has been specified, (b) the alarm cutout point in the correct state, and (c) all prior quality checks have been satisfactory. It therefore is expected that the data point represents healthy data.
2.1.2 Relationship Between Quality Code and Color Fill To the extent practical, the SPDS utilizes the PMIS default color assignments listed in Table 2-1 to define color fill ba' sed on data quality.
j For example, a bar chart generally will have a GREEN color fill when the associated data point has a quality code of GOOD or INHB. The bar color j fill becomes ' YELLOW when the quality code is LWRN or HWRN (i.e., the current i value is in a warning zone), and becomes RED when the quality code is LALM l or HALM (i.e., the current value is in an alarm zone).
l The following exceptions to the PMIS default color assignments are I made in the SPDS displays: (a) color con,ventions for indicating pump and valve operating status are dictated by existing control room conventions (i.e., RED = ON/0 PEN, GREEN = OFF/ CLOSED, as described in Section 2.3), and (b) all rate-of-change data has a quality of DALM and is displayed in CYAN.
It should be noted that quality code color assignments are parameterized in a file named QUALITY.D. The color assignments can easily be changed if SPDS operating experience indicates that there is a better approach to relating data quality to color fill than the approach listed in Table 2-1. ~
i I
l \
2-8
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2). 2/1/85 l
. 2.2 DATA VALIDATION
)
2.2.1 PMIS Data Validation Techniques 1
A normal function of the PMIS is to check the validity of all data l points by performing the quality and limit checks listed ir Table 2-1. There are many redundant data points used by the SPDS. These points are identified in Table 2-2. To check the validity of redundant input points, i the PMIS uses the technique of comparative analysis. The PMIS data base defines the re'dundancy relationships between pairs of input points, and specifies the allowable tolerance between their current values. When the allowable tolerance is exceeded, the redundant point check is failed, and each member of the pair of redundant input points is assigned a quality code of "REDU". As listed in Table 2-1, this quality code will cause the 4
respective data points to be displayed in MAGENTA.
Note that Table 2-2 specifies how redundant points should be defined as pairs in the PMIS data base for the purpose of performing the PMIS redundant tolerance checks.
Operating experience with the SPDS may indicate that the redundant tolerance declared in the PMIS data base is too small for some data points and is creating " nuisance" validation failures. If this situation occurs, the redundant tolerance for the affected data points should be reset to a more appropriate value. That will minimize nuisance validation failures while still providing a meaningful check of the consistency betwe'en redundant points.
2.2.2 Supplementary SPDS Data Validation Techniques In addition to the PMIS redundant tolerance check, the SPDS provides the following supplementary validation for selected plant variables:
Not-valid indicators (NVIs)
Downscale indicators (DNSCIs)
Safety function indicator (SFI) validation Equipment status indicator (ESI) validation E0P limit status indicator (E0 PSI) validation 1
i 2-9
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 l
Table 2-2. Identification of Redundant Input Points Used by the Cooper SPDS.(1)
Reference Redundant 2nd Redundant Input Input Inpu Variable (2) Point (3) Point (3) Point {3)
APRM Flux B000 B001
, B002 B003 B004 B005 Average APRM SPDS0006 SPDS0007 ,
SRM Log Count Rate N040 N041 N042 N043 RPV Water Level, NR B021 N011 N012 WR G032 G033 FZ N009 N010 RPV Pressure N013 N014 Drywell Pressure, NR N017 N018 MR F084 F085 l
Drywell Temperature (4) M161 M162 M163 N276 N277
]
Supp Pool Temp, Sector A N023 N031 j B N024 NO32 C N025 NO33 D N026 N034 E N027 NO35 F N028 NO36 G N029 NO37 H N030 N038 a Supp Pool Level, WR N019 N020
~
Containment Water Level, WR N021 N022 2-10
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
. . Table 2-2. Identification of Redundant Input Points Used by the Cooper SPDS.(1) i Reference Redundant 2nd Redundant Input Input Inpu Variable (2) Point (3) Point (3) Point {3)
Safety Valve A Tailpipe Temp. M186 T139 Safety Valve B Tailpipe Temp. M187 T140 Safety Valve C Tailpipe Temp. M188 T141 Notes:
- i (1) Field input points have four-digit ids, and SPDS-composed points have eight-digit ids with the preface "SPDS".
(2) Following abbreviations are used to identify instrument ranges:
NR= narrow range, WR= wide range, FZ= fuel zone range, MR=mid-range.
(3) In this table, a data point listed in the " Reference Input Point" column generally is the "A" channel for the respective variable. The
" Redundant Input Point" generally is the "B" channel. The "2nd Redundant Input Point" is the "C" channel of those instruments that have only three like channels. To use this table, start in the
" Reference Input Point" column and read across to identify its redundant point (s). If a reference input point only has one redundant input point (i.e., the "2nd Redundant Input Point" column is blank),
each point should be identified in the PMIS data base as being redundant to the other. If there is a "2nd Redundant Input Point" listed, the PMIS data base should define redundancy of the three channels as a chain (i.e., A is redundant to B, which is redundant to C, which is redundant to A).
(4) Five points are used in.the SPOS to_ compute a maximum drywell temperature. Sensors associated with points M161 to M163 are a different type than the sensors used for N276 and N277.
i S
2-11
503-8500000-78 (Rav. 2) 2/1/85 ,
- A summary of the validation criteria for SPDS composed points is presented in Table 2-3, and SPDS data validation techniques are discussed in detail in 4
this section.
2.2.2.1 Not-Valid Indicators To assist the operator in recognizing a "not-valid" situation, the characters "NV" appear in MAGENTA near the affected bar chart, trend or x-y plot, whenever the associated composed point fails to meet its respective validation criteria in Table 2-3. The presence of this Not-Valid Indicator
. (NVI) provides an unambigious indication that a question exists regarding l I the validity of input data. It is expected that the operator will
! investigate this situation and determine if an input data f ault actually ,
. exists. Actions that may be taken by an operator include: (a) delete a faulty input data point from processing, (b) substitute a value for the faulty input data point, or (c) determine that no fault ex-ists and continue to operate with the NVI present in the SPDS. displays.
With regard to the data validation criteria in Table 2-3, please l note the following:
~
- The. average source range monitor (SR'M) reading (SPDS0014) is
! validated by first verifying that the SRMs are in the " inserted" position as indicated by digital point A519. The SRMs must be inserted in order to properly correlate SRM detector output with a source range power level.
The proximity to the RPV saturation temperature limit, as
, indicated by ~ composed point SPDS0288, is not explicitly considered i
j in the validation of RPV water level data. If drywell temperature l
exceeds the RPV saturat' ion temperature limit, flashing may occur
! in the cold reference leg RPV level instruments. When flashing
. occurs, the RPV level indication derived from these instruments -
must be considered as unreliable. The saturation temperature limit at normal operating RPV pressure is about 545'F. CNS containment temperature instrumentation used by the SPDS provides a monitoring capability up to 400*F, therefore, the usefulness of the RPV saturation temperature limit is somewhat restricted. The 2-12
_ _ . _ . _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _. - . __ - a. ._ ..
503-8500000-78 (R v. 2) 2/1/85 l
Table 2-3. Summary of Validation Criteria for Composed Points Associated with IPOS Displays.
Composed Input Validation Criteria NVI Point 10 Name Point ids for Composed Point ID* Point 10 SPOS0008 Average APRM B000 PMIS redundant point checks SPOS01NV B001 on all field inputs to B002 intermediate points SPOS0006 B003 and SPOS0007 are OK B004 8005 SPOS0010 MSIV Status ESI N797 See Section 6 None N798 N799 N800 N801 N802
, N803 N804 SPDS0014 Average SRM N040 SRMs inserted (A519 = 0) and SPOS02NV N041 PMIS redundant point check N042 for all inputs is OK N043 -
SPOS0015 SRM reactor SPOS0087' None, but SPOS0014 was vali- None period dated and it is. input to simple rate-of-change trans-form to calculate SPOS0087 SPOS0019 Average narrow B021 PMIS redundant point check SPOS03NV range RPV N011 for all inputs is OK**
level N012 SPOS0023 Average wide G032 PMIS redundant point check SPOSO4NV i range RPV G033 on inputs is OK** ,
level SPOS0027 Average FZ range N009 PMIS redundant point check SPOSOSNV RPV level N010 on inputs is OK**
SP050029. RPV mimic level G032 None. Individual RPV water None G033 level bar charts are subject N009 to'PMIS redundant point N010 checks in display containing mimic bar chart **
l 2-13
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
Table 2-3. Summary of Validation Criteria for Composed Points !
Associated with SPDS Displays (continued). l
$ Composed Input . Validation Criteria NVI' Point ID Name Point ids for Composed Point ID* Point ID SPDS0030 Average RPV N013 PMIS redundant point check SPDS07NV pressure N014 on inputs is OK 3
SPDS0039 Reactor scram SPDS0080 See Section 6 None ESI SPDS0083 SPDS0040 Safety Valve A M186 PMIS redundant point check None j tailpipe temp T139 on inputs is OK J
, SPDS0041 Safety Valve 8 M187 PMIS redundant point check None tailpipe temp T140 on inputs is OK -
SPDS0042 Safety Valve C M188 PMIS redundant point check None j ta11 pipe temp T141 on inputs is OK
, SPDS0043 Avg narrow range N017 PMIS redundant point check SPDS08NV j drywell pressure N018 on inputs is OK ,
i l
SPD50045 Avg mid-range ' F084 PMIS redundan; point check SPDSO9NV
! drywell pressure F085 on inputs is OK SPDS0050 SRV and SV SPDS0040 See Section 6 None
- status ESI SPD50041 i
! SPDS0042 SPDS0089 SPDS0093 SPDS0094 l SPD50095 '
- SPDS0096 l SPDS0097 '
SPD50098 ,
SPDS0099
+
SPDS0051 Maximum drywell M161 PMIS redundant point check SPDS06NV l temperature M162 on inputs is OK ,
M163 N276 .
i N277 ,
l SPD50054 Drywell sump N059 See Section 6 None *
! pump ESI N060 l
I 2-14
s 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 1
, Table 2-3. Summary of Validation Criteria for Composed Points Associated with SPDS Displays (continued). ;
l Composed Input Validation Criteria NVI l Point ID Name Point ids for Composed Point ID* Point ID l SPDS0055 Supp. pool temp N023 PMIS redundant point check SPDS10NV healthy avg 1A, NO31 on inputs is OK 2A SPDS0056 Supp. pool temp N024 PMIS redundant point check SPDS11NV on inputs is OK
~
healthy avg 18 NO32 28 _
SPDS0057 Supp. pool temp N025 PMIS redundant point check SPDS12NV healthy avg IC, N033 on inputs is OK 2C SPDS0058 Supp. pool temp N026 PMIS redundant point check SPDS13NV healthy avg 10, NO34 on inputs is OK '
2D SPDS0059 Supp. pool temp N027 PMIS redundant point check SPDS14NV healthy avg 1E, NO35 on inputs is OK ..
2E SPDS0060 Supp. pool temp N028 PMIS redundant point check SPDS15NV healthy avg 1F, NO36 on inputs is OK 2F SPDS0061 Supp. pool temp N029 PMIS redundant point check SPDS16NV healthy avg 1G, NO37 on inputs is OK 2G u
SPDS0062 Supp. pool temp NO30 PMIS redundant point check SPDS17NV healthy avg 1H, NO38 on inputs is OK ,
2H SPDS0063 Overall avg SPdS0055 None. Substantial spatial None supp pool SPD50056 variation in suppression -
water temp SPDS0057 pool water temperature SPDS0058 may occur SPDS0059 SPDS0060' SPDS0061 SPDS0062 SPD50065 Avg supp. pool N019 PMIS redundant point check SPDS18NV wide range N020 on inputs is OK level .
2-15 l
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 , j 1
I
' Table 2-3. Summary of Validation Criteria for Composed Points Associated with SPDS Displays (continued).
Composed Input Validation Criteria NVI Point ID Name Point ids for Composed Point ID* Point ID 1
SPDS0067 Avg cont wide N021 PMIS redundant point check SPDS19NV range level NO22 on inputs is OK SPDS0069 Calculated N061 See Section 9 None torus oxygen N062 N065 N630 N631
'N632 N633 SPDS0078 Calculated SJAE N082 See Section 8 None effluent N083 N084 N085 SPDS0080 All APRM B000 See Section 6 None downscale ESI B001 B002
- B003 8004
, B005 SPDS0084 Delta T heat
)
SPDS0086 RCIC Pump ESI N003- See Section 6 None !
! SPDS0089 SRV "A" ESI 0556 See Section 6 None T142 SPDS0090 Calculated N061 See Section 9 None to drywell oxygen N062 SPDS0092 Points 1 to 3 N065 N627 N628 i N629 N631 l
N632 N633 r
2-16
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
. . Table 2-3. Summary of Validation Criteria for Composed Points l Associated with SPDS Displays (continued).
Composed Input Validation Criteria NVI Point ID Name Point ids for Composed Point ID* Point ID i
SPDS0093 SRV "B" to D557 See Section 6 None to "H" ESIs T143 SPDS0099 0558 T144 0559 T145 0560
, T146 1 0561
- T147
- 0562 T148 0563 T149 SPDS0100 Maximum drywell SPDS0090 None. Long instrument dwell. None oxygen SPDS0091 time at each sampling point
! SPDS0092 may cause substantial variations among input point readings during some plant conditions. .
SPDS000B Heat capacity SPDS0030 See Section 9 None temp limit SPDS0063 4
' E0 PSI SPDS001B Heat capacity SPDS0065 See Section 9 None
, level limit SPDS0084 E0 PSI SPDS002B Suppression SPDS0030 See Section 9 None
. pool load SPDS0065 limit E0 PSI SPDS0048 Contair. ment SPDS0045 See Section 9 None pressure limit SPDS0067 E0 PSI SPD5006B Drywell spray SPDS0045 See Section 9 None i
initiation SPDS0063 pressure limit E0 PSI 2-17
i 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
, Table 2-3. Summary of Validation Criteria for Composed Points Associated with SPDS Displays (continued).
Composed Input Validation Criteria NVI Point ID Name Point ids for Composed Point ID* Point ID SPDS007B Drywell H2 T122 See Section 9 None concentration SPDS0045 E0 PSI SPDS0098 Drywell 02 SPDS0045 See Section 9 None concentration SPDS0053 E0 PSI IGL_, MODE SPDS010B Supp. chamber SPDS0045 See Section 9 None 02 concen- SPDS0069 tration E0 PSI IGL_ MODE SPDS011B NPSH Limit N000 See Section 9 None E0 PSI N001 N004 N005 ,
N861 N862 N863 N864 SPDS0045 SPDS0063
! SPDS0238 RPV pressure / SPDS0024 See Section 9 None to level status SPDS0030 SPDS027B matrix SPDS0218 ,
- SPDS022B SPDS0288 RPV saturation SPDS0030 See Section 9 None ['
- l temperature SPDS0051
- limit E0 PSI **
SPDSBOX1 Reactivity 8000 See Section 5 None control SFI B001 driver 8002 B003 ,
B004 '
B005 SPDS0083 SPDSBOX2' Core cooling 8021 See Section 5 None l
SFI driver N011 l N012 i G032 I
G033 2-19
l 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 )
' Table 2-3.. Summary of Validation Criteria for Composed Points Associated with SPDS Displays (continued).
l Composed Input Validation Criteria NVI l Point ID Name Point ids for Composed Point ID* Point ID i
SPDSB0X3 Coolant system N013' See Section 5 None integrity N014 SFI driver N017 N018 N063 NS06 N807 SPDS0010 SPDS0032
- SPDS0050 IGL_ MODE SPDSB0X4 Containment N013 See Section 5 None integrity N014 SFI driver SPDS0051
, 'SPDS0053 SPDS0063 SPDS0065 SPDS0069 SPDSB0XS Radioactive N069 See Section 5 None release SFI N073 driver N074 N079 SPDS0078 i
- The PMIS performs redundant point checks on data points that are designated as being redundant in the PMIS -data base. An important validation criterion for a composed point is that all . redundant input points pass their respective redundant point check. A second important validation criterion is to verify that input data has a healthy data quality.
1 2-19
g _ _
y 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 .
l E0P limit status indicator (E0 PSI) for the RPV saturation temperature limit is included in all SPDS displays which present i RPV water level information. Validation of this E0 PSI is l described in Section 9.
General guidelines for locating the NVI in the SPDS displays are presented in Section 4.3.
In the PMIS data base, Not-Valid Indicators are defined as
, external (real) points with a normal value of "0" (i .e., Table 2-3
> validation check passed) and a value of "1" when the Table 2-3 validation check is failed. Not-Valid Indicators are assigned eight-character point identifiers beginning with "SPDS" and ending with "NV" (see Section 3 for a
. listing of NVIs). The Not-Valid Indicators associated with each display are identified in the display descriptions in Sections 7, 8 and 9.
2.2.2.2 Downscale Indicators In a bar chart, the current value is shown by means of an appropriate color fill in the bar, and by a digital display of the. current ,
value. When a data point is " pegged high", the bar will be completely filled, and the color of the bar will change to ' MAGENTA because of the quality of the point driving the bar (i.e., a quality of HRL or NCAL). In contrast, when a data point is " pegged low", there is no color, fill in the bar and a quality code of LRL or NCAL cannot cause the bar to change color . -
to identify the existence of a downscale condition.
To assist the operator in recognizing a downscale situation, the ,
l characters "DNSC" are displayed in MAGENTA at the " low" end of affected bar chart whenever the current value of the data point driving the' bar reaches the engineering limit low specified in the PMIS data base. General
[ guidelines for locating this Downscale Indicator (DNSCI) in the SPDS displays are presented in in Section 2.3.
l
.In the PMIS data base, Downscale Indicators are defined as j external (real) points, wHR a normal value of "0"'(i.e., not downscale),
l and a value of "1" when the f.rrent value of the ' associated data point drops to the engineering limit low (i.e., downscale condition exists). Downscale Indicators are assigned eight-character point identifiers, beginning with 2-20
i
, 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 1
"SPDS" and ending with "DS" (see Section 3 for a listing of DNSCIs). The Downscale Indicator associated with each bar chart is identified in the bar chart descriptions in Sections 7 and 8.
Downscale Indicatcrs are not used in trend plots or-x-y plots. In these types of displays, a moving cursor will track along one axis of the display during a downscale condition. These displays also include a ten-minute history of the associated data point (s), so the operator will be able
.to see the value of the data point as it approaches, reaches, and recovers from a downscale condition. Adequate information is thus availab'le in these displays for the operator to be alerted to the existence of a downscale condition. _
2.2.2.3 Safety Function Indicator Validation An SFI normally will have a GREEN color fill, and will change to YELLOW when a warning condition exists, and to RED when an alarm condition exists. Each SFI is driven by a specific external (real) data point, as listed below:
Point ID SFI SPDSBOX1 Reactivity control SPDSB0X2 Core cooling SPDSBOX3 Coolant system integrity SPDSB0X4 Containment integrity SPDSB0XS Radioactive release The validation criteria for each of these external (real) points is defined in Section 6. A validation failure causes the SFI to be displayed in MAGENTA. In spite of a validation f ailure, it may still be possible for a valid warning or alarm condition to be generated, therefore, these conditions take precedence over a validation f ailure. As a result, a valid SFT warning condition will cause a YELLOW color fill to replace a GREEN or MAGENTA color fill in the respective SFI block. Similarly, a valid SFI alarm condition will cause a RED color fill to replace a GREEN, MAGENTA, or YELLOW color fill.
l .
l 2-21
l 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 The Not-Valid Indicators (NVI) described previously are not used with safety function indicators, l
2.2.2.4 Equipment Status Indicator Validation In general, ESIs are displayed in MAGENTA when: (a) insufficient ,
healthy input data is available for determining system or equipment status, (b) input , points have failed a PMIS redundant point check, or (c) conflicting data exists regarding equipment status. The specific validation criteria for each ESI is integrated with the ESI processing logic described in Section 6. The Not-Valid Indicators (NVIs) described previously are not used with ESIs.
2.2.2.5 E0P Limit Status Indicator Validation In general, an E0 PSI is displayed in MAGENTA wren one or both of the input variables needed to drive the cursor in the associated Level 3 x-y plot is: (a) not healthy, or (b) has, f ailed a PMIS redundant point check (i .e., healthy, but assigned a quality code of REDU). . The speci fi c
~
validation criteria for each E0 PSI is integrated with the E0 PSI processing logic described in Section 9. The Not-Valid Indicators (NVIs) described previously are not used with E0P limit status indicators.
9
~
\
( .
[
l 9
l 2-22
I 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
, 2.3 GENERAL DISPLAY DESIGN GUIDELINES
. There are four basic types of displays presented in the General and Graphic Display Area (GGDA) of the the SPDS display terminal screen:' bar charts, trend plots, multi-parameter X-Y plots and mimics. Design guidelines common to all displays are listed below. More specific ,
guidelines for each display type are described later in this section. j A. In each display, a unique title appears in large print at the top of the GGDA.
- 8. The engineering range of a bar or plot axis corresponds to the engineering range of the respective data point, as specified in the PMIS data base.
C. PMIS data base constants define the values at which high/ low warn'ing and high/ low alarm conditions exist for each data point.
These constants may be re' defined in the data base for each of the following plant operating modes:
- RUN STARTUP .
REFUEL
- SHUTDOWN Current plant mode is determined from PMIS data point IGL_ MODE, which can take on the following values: 1 = RUN, 2 = STARTUP, 3 =
REFUEL, and 4 = SHUTDOWN.
D. The following general guidelines were used in setting the number of decimal places specified in the PMIS data base for " analog points used in the SPDS displays. ,
All calculated rates-of-change are displayed to the nea.ast -
whole number (i.e., no decimal places).
l l
Points associated with equipment status only have integer i values and are displayed with no decimal places.-
l 2-23 l
r F1 503-8500000-78 (Rcy. 2) 2/1/85 ,
Other analog points are displayed with 0,1 or 2 decimal
~
places as needed to show current values to three significant figures (Note that four significant figures are used to display current values greater than 999).
E. The digital rate-of-change is displayed CYAN, in terms of units per minute, unless otherwise stated. -
F. A CYAN direction-of-change indicator is provided adjacent to the digital rate-of-change value. This indicator is an "up" arrow when rate-of-change is positive and a "down" arrow when rate-of-change is negative. The indicator is blanked when rate-of-change is zero.
G. The following status indicator. boxes may be included in the GGDA.
- Equipment Status Indicators (ESI)
E0P Limit Status Indicators (E0P5I)
Operation of these status indicator boxes are described in Section l 6. These status indicators are in addition to the Safety Function Indicator ($FI) boxes located in the SPDS Status Area (SSA), near the bottom of all SPDS displays.
2.3.1 Bar' Chart Guidelines
~
There are two types of bar charts that are used in the SPDS displays: horizontal and vertical. The following guidelines apply to both types of oar charts. Specific details on each type of bar chart are provided in following sections.
A. The color fill of the bar is determined by the quality code of the data point which is used to drive the bar (see Section 2.1). In summary, the bar color fill will operate as follows:
2-24 '
5U3-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 GREEN: Haalthy data, although point may ba deleted from
, alarm processing (quality DALM) or alarm may be inhibited by a digital alarm cutout point specified in the PMIS data base (quality INHB)
- Healthy data, with current value in warning high
- YELLOW:
. region (quality HWRN) or warning low region (quality LWRN)
- RED: Healthy data, with current value in alarm high region (quality HALM) or alarm low region (quality LALM)
- BLUE: Healthy data, but substitute value assigned to point (quality SUB)
- MAGENTA plus Not-Valid Indicator:
Healthy data, but failure of redundant point check (quality REDU)
MAGENTA: Data not healthy
- WHITE: Point not processed yet (quality UNK)
B. Digital current value and rate-of-change are displayed adjacent to each bar. The color of the digital current value corresponds to the color of the bar. The rate-of-change is always CYAN.
C. A CYAN direction-of-change indicator is provided to the left of l the digital rate-of-change value.
l 2.'.1.1 3 Horizontal Bar Chart Guidelines i
A. Tha name of the associated plant variable is shown at the left of each horizontal bar.
2-25~
l
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/05 .
,B . Maximum and minimum bar values are shown beneath the bar.
C. Regularly spaced " tic marks", and/or tic marks and values for specific warning and alarm limits are shown beneath the bar.
D. The digital current value is shown to the right of the horizontal bar.
E., The digital rate-of-change is shown to the right of the current value, with a direction-of-change indicator.
F. When a. data point fails its validation check, the characters "NV" are displayed to the right of the bar, near the current value.
G. When a downscale condition exists, the characters "0NSC" are displayed immediately above the bar, at the left end.
2.3.1.2 Vertical Bar Chart Guidelines .
A. The name of the associated plant varia'ble is shown above each vertical bar.
- B. Maximum and minimum bar. values are shown along the left edge of the vertical bar. ,
C. Regularly spaced " tic marks", and/or tic marks and values for ,
f specific warning and alarm limits are shown along the left edge of the vertical bar. '
D. The digital current value is shown above the vertical bar, or in some other suitable location dictated by space constraints of the speci fic display.
l E. If included in the display, the digital rate-of-change is shown above the current value, with or without a direction-of-change arrow, as space permits.
2-26
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
, F. When a data point fails its validation check, the characters 'NV" l are displayed near the current value.
G. When a downscale condition exists, the characters "DNSC" are displayed near the bottom left edge of the vertical bar.
2.3.2 Trend plot Guidelines These displays are used to show the time variation of key plant variables that are related to the plant safety functions. As such, trend plots are used in conjunction with bar charts in Level 2 displays in the CNS SPDS (see Section 8). General features include:
A. A plant variable is assigned to the Y axis and time is assigned to the X axis of the display.
B. The title of the X axis is: " TIME (min)" The X axis covers a ten-minute time period, with the ' current value at the right-hand edge of the plot. The trend plot thus scrolls to the left, with values greater than ten minutes old being deleted at the left-hand edge of the plot. The X axis is divided in increments of minutes with -
current time labeled "0" and the preceding ten minutes labeled as negati ve values (i.e. "-1" to "-10").
N C. The name of the Y-axis variable is'shown to the left of the trend plot, while its digital current value, rate-of-change and the direction-of-change indicator are shown to the right of the trend plot.
t l 0. Whena " trend plot is called up, it immediately includes a trend line showing the last 10 minutes of data.
E. The maximum and minimum values of the Y axis are shown along the left edge of the trend plot.
2-27
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 F. Resularly spaced " tic marks", or tic marks and values for specific '
warning or alarm limits are shown along the left-hand edge of the trend plot.
G. T;te color of the trend line is always CYAN. j H. Wr.en a data point fails its validation check, the characters "NV" are displayed near the current value. i l
I. Downscale Indicators are not used in trend plots.
2.3.3 Multi-Parameter X-Y Plot Guidelines These displays generally are used to show the proximity of the plant to multi-parameter limits defined in the symptom-oriented Emergency Operating Procedures. The x-y plots appear only as Level 3 displays in the CNS SPDS,(see Section 9). General features of these displays include:
A. Plant variables are assigned to both the X and the Y axes of the x-y plo~t. The digital current value of each variable is displayed adjacent to the respective axis of the x-y plot. .
B. The maximum arid minimum values of the respective axes are shown on the plot.
C. One or more multi-parameter limit curves may be included on each x-y p l ot. ' ,
8 D. A cursor (*) is used to indicate the current state of f(x,y) on the x-y plot, and proximity to-appropriate ' limit curves.
E. When an ;-y plot is called up, the cursor is displayed and begins to generate a " tail" as the value of f(x,y) changes with time. A dynamic file is used to describe many of the attributes of an x-y l plot. Included in the dynamic file are two parameters which i determine the amount of historical data that is contained in the
" tail" of an x-y plot. The first parameter is named " Seconds per ,
2-28
c 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
. cycle," and is used to establish the update rate of the display (i.e., specified in terms of seconds per update cycle). The second parameter is named " Numb,er of point to display," and is used to determine the number of values of f(x,y) from past display update cycles that are retained in the current display. The table below lists: (a) the range of values chat can potentially be assigned to each of these parameters, and (b) the parameter values currently specified. .
Parameter Minimum Current Maximum Name Value Value Value Seconds per 1 2 very large cycle Number of 1 10 50 points to display -
Using the current parameter va' lues listed above, the " tail" of an x-y plot will display the values that f(x,y) took on during the prior 20 second period. The PMIS dynamic editor can be used to change the values of these display parameters, and theraby change
, the amount of historical data contained in the " tail" of the x-y plot. ~ Because the amount of historical data in the " tail" can be varied, there is no time-indexing of the " tail" (i.e., no tic i
marks on the " tail").
F. The color of the cursor (*) and the " tail" in the x-y plot is always CYAN.
G. Limit curves and warning or alarm zones on the x-y plot are DARK BLUE. This color was selected to provide good contrast when the cursor is in a warning or alarm zone. Normal zones have a BLACK background.
P 2-29
- . _ - - _ _ , _ _ _ _ , _ _ _ - - _ _ _ ~ _ - _ _ _ , _ _ , _ _ , _ _ , _ , . _ . _ _ _ _ _ , - - - - ., - ,, .-r-. -, , - . . , , , - . - -e
1 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
H. When a data point fails its validation check, the characters "NV" '
' are displayed near the current value.
I. Downscale Indicators are not used in x-y plots.
2.3.4 Mimic Guidelines Mimic displays are special graphic representations of: (a) physical features of the reactor plant (i.e., a reactor vessel vertical section, or a primary containment horizontal section), or (b) specific safety systems (i.e., a piping and instrumentation diagram). Mimic displays may include bar charts to indicate the current value of relevant variables.
Bar chart conventions described previously are applicable. Mimic displays ,
also may include component status information using the following color conventions.
1 A. Valves, dampers, or circuit breakers are shown in RED when open and GREEN when closed.
B. Pumps, fans, or diesel generators are shown in RED when operating and GREEf; when not operating. -
I a
2-30
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
- 3. FIELD INPUT DATA POINTS AND CALCULATED DATA POINTS FOR GENERATING C00FER SPDS DISPLAYS 3.1 SPDS DATA REQUIREMENTS The technical basis for selecting the plant variables to be included in the C50per SPDS is presented in the SPDS Safety Analysis *. A summary of the data points used to provide this SPDS monitoring capability is presented in Table 3-1. This table includes the following types of data points:
- Field input points
- Analog
- Digital
- PMIS composed points
- Pseudo analog
< - healthy maximum healthy average
- logarithm Transform
- rate-of-change
- Boolean
~
~
healthy OR
- healthy AND SPDS composed points .
- External (real) points l
Also include,d in Table 3-1 is a listing of how the data points are used by the SPDS. Data points are used as follows:
l l
l
- Safety Parameter Display System Safety Analysis, 503-8500000-76 3-1
503-8500000-78 (Rav. 2) 2/1/85
- To drive a bar, trend, one axis of an x-y plot, or a digital .
- current value that appears in a display. The associated display is identified in Table 3-1. . 1
- To calculate another data point (the other data point is listed in Table 3-1).
- To drive a status indicator
- Safety Function Indicator (SFI)
- Equipment Status Indicator (ESI)
E0P Limit Status Indicator-(E0 PSI)
Downscale Indicator (DNSCI)
Not-Valid Indicator (NVI)
- System Alarm Area (SAA) Indicator The SPDS displays are described in detail in Sections 7 to 9. Operatica of the SFIs are described in Section 5 and the ES-Is, E0PSIs and the SAA Indicator are described in Section 6. The operation of the DNSCIs and NVIs have been described in Section 2.
l 3-2
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 4
Table 3-1. Data Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays.
Point Point ID* Type ** Variable Name Use***
, B000 A APRM A flux level Calculate SPDSB0X1 i
B001 A B Calculate SPDSB0X1 8002 A C . Calculate SPDSB0X1 8003 A D Calculate SPDSBOX1
- B004 A E Calculate SPDSB0X1
- B005 A F Calculate SPDSBOX1 '
SPDS0006 HNAX Healthy maximum APRM A.C.E Calculate SPDS0008 SPDS0007 HMAX Healthy maximum APRM B,0,F Calculate SPDS0008 SPDS0008 HAVE Average APRM (avg of L1.0, L2.1 SPDS0006,0007) Calculate SPDS0009 SPDS0009 TRAN Average APRM rate-of-change (ROC SPDS0008) L1.0, L2.1 SPDS0080 EXTR All APRM below downscale trip L2.1 ESI, Calcu-late SPDS0039' A527 0 .'APRM upscale alarm (any) L2.1 ESI A528 0 APRM inoperative alarm (any) L2.1 ESI A535 0 APRM Ch A bypassed Calculate SPDS0001 A536 0 Ch B Calculate SPDS0001 A537 D Ch C Calculate SPDS0001 A538 D Ch D Calculate SPDS0001 A539 0 Ch E Calculate SPDS0001 AS40 D Ch F Calculate SPDS0001 SPDS0001 HOR Any APRM bypassed L2.1 ESI (0R of A535 to AS40)
N040 A SRM log count rate Ch A Calculate SPDS0014 N041 . A B Calculate SPDS0014 N042 A C Calculate SPDS0014 N043 A D Calculate SPDS0014 SPDS0014 HAVE Average SRM (healthy avg. L2.1, Calculate N040,N041,N042,N043) SPDS0013, SPDS0015 SPDS0013 LOG Log of average SRM (LOG L2.1 SPDS0014)
SPDS0087 TRAN Average SRM rate-of-cha'nge i,, (ROC SPDS0014) Calculate SPDS0015 SPDS0015 EXTR SRM reactor period L2.1 A519 D SRM detector not startup L2.1 ESI position (any) i A520 0 SRM upscale alarm (any) L2.1 ESI A521 D SRM inoperative alarm (any) L2.1 ESI A533 0 SRM bypassed (any) L2.1 ESI 3-3
7 c >
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 .
Table 3-1. Data Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays (continued).
, Point Point ID* Type ** Variable Name Use***
N52d D All control rods in L1.0 & L2.1 ESI D530 0 Reactor scram Ch A Calculate SPDS0083 D531 D B Calculate SPDS0083 SPDS0083 HAND Reactor scram A/B (D530 AND D531) Calculate SPDS0039 SPDSB0X1 SPDS0039 EXTR Reactor scram status L1.0 & L2.1 ESI IGL_ MODE GC Plant mode Mode designation 8021 A RPV water level - narrow range (0 to 60") A L2.2, Calculate SPDSBOX2 N011 A B L2.2, Calculate 4
SPDSBOX2 N012 A ,
C L2.2, Calculate
- SPDSB0X2 SPDS0016 TRAN RPV water level NR A rate-of-change (ROC B021) L2.2 SPDS0017 TRAN NR B rate-of-change (ROC N011) L2.2 SPDS0018 TRAN NR C rate-of-change (ROC N012) L2.2 SPDS0019 HAVE Average narrow range RPY level L1.0, L2.2, (healthy avg, 8021, N011, N012) Calculate SPDS0020 SPDS0020 TRAN Average narrow range RPV level rate-of-change (ROC SPDS0019) L1.0, L2.2 G032 A RPV water level wide range (-150" to 60") A L2.2, Calculate 3 SPDSBOX2 L G033 A B L2.2, Calculate ,
SPDSBOX2 RPV water level SPDS0021 TRAN
, WR A rate-of-change (ROC G032) L2.2
- SPDS0022 TRAN . WR B rate-of-change (ROC G033) L2.2 i SPDS0023 HAVE Average wide range RPV level L2.2, L3.15, Calc l (healthy avg, G032, G033) SPDS0024 & SPDS0029 i SPDS0024 -TRAN A'erage v wide range RPV level l rate-of-change (ROC SPDS0023) L2.2, L3.15 1
N009 A RPV water level - fuel zone '
range (-100" to 200") A L2.2 N010 A B L2.2 -
SPDS0025 TRAN RPV water level FZ A rate-of-change (ROC N009) L2.2 SPDS0026 TRAN FZ B rate-of-change (ROC N010) L2.2 3-4 l
2/1/85 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) l
. Table 3 1. Data Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays (continued).
1 Point Point 10,* Type ** Variable Name Use***
i SPDS0027 HAVE Average FZ range RPV level L2.2, Calculate (healthy avg, N009, N010) SPDS0028 & SPDS0029 SPDS0028 TRAN Average FZ range RPV level rate-of-change (ROC SPDS0027) L2.2 RPV mimic water level (healthy SPDS0029 EXTR L2.2 avg, onscale G032, G033, N009
& N010 after conversion to common reference zero)
N013 A Reactor pressure (0-1500 psi) A Calculate SPDS0030 &
SPDSB0X3 N014 A B Calculate SPDS0030 &
SPDSB0X3 SPDS0030 HAVE Average RPV pressure (healthy L1.0, L2.2, L2.3, avg,N013,N014) L2.4, L3.1, L3.3, L3.11 & L3.15 Calculate SPDS0031 SPDS0031 TRAN Avg RPV pressure rate-of-change (ROC SPDS0030) L1.0, L2.3 & L3.15 1 0554 0 Group 1 isolation A signal Calculate SPDS0032
- 0555 0 B Calculate SPOS0032 SPDS0032 HOR Group 1 (D554 OR D555) L2.3 & L2.4 ESI, N781 D Group 2 isolation signal
. - inboard Calculate SPDS0033 4
N782 0 - outboard' Calculate SPDS0033 SPDS0033 HOR Group 2 (N781 OR N782)~ L2.3 & L2.4 ESI N783 0 Group 3 isolation signal
, .- inboard Calculate SPDS0034 l N784 0 - outboard Calculate SPDS0034 SPDS0034 HOR Group 3 (N783 OR N784) L2.3 & L2.4 ESI N785 0 Group 4 isolation A signal Calculate SPDS0035 N786 0 B Calculate SPDS0035
'SPDS0035 HOR Group 4-(N785 OR N786) L2.3 & L2.4 ESI N787 0 Group 5 isolation A signal Calculate SPDS0036 N788 D B Calculate SPDS0036 4
SPDS0036 HOR Group 5 (N787 OR N788) L2.3 & L2.4 ESI N789 D Group 6 isolation A signal Calculate SPDS0037 N790 0 B Calculate SPDS0037
. SPDS0037 HOR Group 6 (N789 OR N790) L2.3 & L2.4 ESI 3-5 1
e- o q
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 .
L ,
Table 3-1. Data Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays (continued).
i Point Point ID* Type ** Variable Name Use***
N791 D Group 7 isolation signal
- inboard Calculate SPOS0038 N792 0 - outboard Calculate SPDS0038 SPDS0038 HOR Group 7 (N791 OR N792) L2.3 & L2.4 ESI N797 D Main Steam iso valve A inboard Calculate SPDS0010 N801 D A outboard Calculate SPDS0010 1
N798 0 Main steam iso valve B inboard Calculate SPDS0010 N802 D B outboard Calculate SPDS0010 N799 D Main steam iso valve C inboard Calculate SPDS0010 N803 0 C outboard Calculate SPDS0010 N800 0 Main steam iso valve D inboard Calculate SPDS0010 N804 0 D outboard Calculate SPDS0010 SPDS0010 EXTR MSIV status L2.2 & L2.3 ESI, Calculate SPDSB0X3 0556 0 Main stm relief valve A press sw Calculate SPDS0089 T142- A A temp Calculate SPDS0089 SPDS0089 EXTR A " position" L2.4, Calc SPDS0050 0557 0 8 press sw Calculate SPDS0093 T143 A B temp Calculate SPDS0093 SPDS0093 EXTR B " position" L2.4, Calc SPDS0050 0558_ D C. press sw Calculate SPDS0094 T144 A C temp' Calculate SPDS0094 SPDS0094 EXTR C " position" L2.4, Calc SPDS0050 0559 D D press sw Calculate.SPDS0095 T145 - A D temp Calculate SPDS0095 SPDS0095 EXTR
~
D " position" L2.4, Calc SPDS0050 .
D560 D E press sw Calculate SPDS0096 T146 A E temp Calculate SPDS0096 SPDS0096 EXTR E " position" L2.4, Calc SPDS0050 0561 D F press sw Calculate SPDS0097 T147 A F temp Calculate SPDS0097 SPDS0097 EXTR F " position" L2.4, Calc SPDS0050 0562 0 G press sw Calculate SPDS0098 -
T148 A G temp Calculate SPDS0098 SPDS0098 EXTR G " position" L2.4, Calc SPDS0050 D563 D . H press sw Calculate SPDS0099 T149 A H temp Calculate SPDS0099 SPDS0099 EXTR H " position" L2.4, Calc SPDS0050 l 3-6
-c--- - - --- , - . _ _ _ _ - , - _ . , _ _ _ _ , _ _ .
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 Table 3-1. Data Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays (continued).
l Point Point ID* Type ** Variable Name Use***
M186 A MS safety valve A temp Calculate SPDS0040 T139 A A temp Calculate SPDS0040 SPDS0040 EXTR A " position" L2.4, Calc SPDS0050 M187 A B temp Calculate SPDS0041 T140 A B temp Calculate SPDS0041 SPDS0041 EXTR B " position" L2.4, Calc SPDS0050 M188 A C temp Calculate SPDS0042 T141 A C temp Calculate SPDS0042 SPDS0042 EXTR C " position" L2.4, Calc SPDS0050 SPDS0050 EXTR Number of SRVs open L2.2 & L2.3 (RV A to H + SV A to C) ESI, Calculate SPDSBOX3 N002 A HPCI flow Calculate SPDS0085 SPDS0085 EXTR HPCI status L2.4 & L3.15 ESI N003 A RCIC flow , Calculate SPDS0086 SPDS0086 EXTR RCIC status L2.4 & L3.15 ESI N000 A Core spray pump A flow L3.9 N001 A B L3.9 M578 D, Core spray A status L3.9 & L3.15 ESI M580 0 B L3.9 & L3.15 ESI l RHR loop A flow N004 A L3.8 N005 A B L3.8 N861 D RHR pump 1A status L3.8 & 3.15 ESI N862 0 18 status L3.8 & 3.15 ESI N863 0 1C status L3.8 & 3.15 ESI N864 D 1D status L3.8 & 3.15 ESI I
N806 0 RHR suction isolation valve, I
inbd Calculate SPDSB0X3 N807 D RHR suction isolation valve, .
outbd Calculate SPDSBOX3 N017 A Containment (drywell) pressure
(-5 to +5 psig) A Calculate SPDS0043 SPDSB0X3, SPDSBOX4 N018 A B Calculate SPDS0043 i SPDSB0X3, SPDSB0X4 l SPDS0043 HAVE Avg narrow range drywell pressure (healthy avg N017,N018) L1.0, Calc SPDS0044 SPDS0044 TRAN Avg NR drywell pressure rate-of-change (ROC SPDS0043) L1.0 3-7
! w~ D 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 .
b Table 3-1. Data Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays (continued).
l l
Point Point ID* Type ** Variable Name Use***
F084 A Drywell pressure (0-80 psia) A Calculate SPDS0045 F085 A B Calculate SPDS0045 SPDS0045 HAVE Avg mid-range drywell pressure L2.3, L2.4, L3.4, (healthy avg F084, F085) L3.5, L3.6, L3.7, L3.8 & L3.9, Calculate SPDS0046 SPDS0046 TRAN Avg mid-range drywell pressure rate-of-change (ROC SPDS0045) L2.4 M161 A Drywell temperature PT-10 Calculate SPDS0051 M162 A PT-11 Calculate SPDS0051 M163 A PT-12 Calculate SPDS0051 .
N276 A Drywell zone 28 area temp B Calculate SPDS0051 N277 A D Calculate SPDS0051 l SPDS0051 HMAX Calculated drywell temp L2.4, L3.11, Calc (healthy max, M161, M162, SPDS0052 & SPDSB0X4 M163,N276,N277) l SPDS0052 TRAN Avg drywell temp rate-of-change L2.4 (ROC SPDS0051)
I l
T122 A Drywell hydrogen level L3.6 N061 A Drywell/ torus 0-5% ' oxygen Calculate SPDS0069, level SPDS0090, SPDS0091,
& SPDS0092 N062 A Drywell/ torus 0-10% oxygen Calculate SPDS0069, level SPDS0090, SPDS0091- -
& SPDS0092 N065 A Drywell/ torus 0-25% oxygen Calculate SPDS0069, level SPDS0090, SPDS0091
& SPDS0092 N627 0 Drywell oxygen sample No.1 Calculate SPDS0090 N628 D Drywell oxygen sample No. 2 Calculate SPDS0091, '
& SPDS0092 N629 D Drywell oxygen sample No. 3 Calculate SPDS0092 N630 D Torus oxygen sample Calculate SPDS0069 ,
N631 0 Drywell/ torus oxygen range Calculate SPDS0069, ;
No. 1 (0-5%) SPDS0090, SPDS0091
& SPDS0092 N632 0 Drywell/ torus oxygen range Calculate SPDS0069, No. 2 (0-10%) SPDS0090, SPDS0091, i
& SPDS0092 l l
l 3-8 ,
l
,- - ~
i 503-8500000-78 (Rov. 2) 2/1/85 Table 3-1. Data Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays (continued).
Point Point ID* Type ** Variable Name Use***
N633 D Drywell/ torus oxygen range Calculate SPDS0069, No. 3 (0-25%) SPDS0090, SPDS0091,
& SPDS0092 SPDS0090 EXTR Calculated drywell oxygen, Calculate SPDS0100 point 1 SPDS0091 EXTR Calculated drywell oxygen, Calculate SPDS0100 point 2 SPDS0092 EXTR Calculated drywell oxygen, Calculate SPDS0100 point 3 SPDS0100 HMAX Healthy maximum drywell oxygen L3.6, Calc SPDSBOX4 SPDS0069 EXTR Calculated torus oxygen L3.7, Calc SPDSB0X4 N059 A Drywell flr sump pump 1F1/2 flow Calculate SPDS0054 N060 A pump 1G1/2 flow Calculate SPDS0055 SPDS0054 EXTR Drywell sump pump status L2.3 ESI N063 A High range drywell airlock area L2.3, Calc SPDS0049, rad monitor ~ SPDS0082 & SPDSBOX3 SPDS0082 LOG Log of drywell area rad (LOG L2.3 N063)
, SPDS0049 TRAN High range drywell airlock area rad monitor. rate-of-change
. (ROC N063) 9 L2.3 N023 A Suppression pool water temp 1A Calculate SPDS0055 i
N024 A 1B Calculate SPDS0056 J
N025 A , 1C Calculate SPDS0057 NO26 A 10 Calculate SPDS0058 N027 A 1E Calculate SPDS0059 N028 A IF Calculate SPDS0060 N029 A 1G Calculate SPDS0061 N030 A IH Calculate SPDS0062 N031 A 2A Calculate SPDS0055 N032 A 28 Calculate SPDS0056
. NO33 A 2C Calculate SPDS0057 NO34 A 2D Calculate SPDS0058 NO35 A 2E Calculate SPDS0059 NO36 A 2F Calculate SPDS0060 NO37 A 2G Calculate SPDS0061 NO38 A . 2H Calculate SPDS0062 SPDS0055 HAVE Supp. pool temp healthy avg 1A, 2A L2.4, calc SPDS0094 SPDS0056 HAVE avg 18, 2B L2.4, calc SPDS0095 l 3-9
a a 2/1/85
- 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) l l
l Table 3-1.' Data Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays (continued).
l Point Point ID* Type ** Variable Name Use***
l SPDS0057 HAVE Supp. pool temp healthy avg IC, 2C L2.4, calc SPDS0096 SPD50058 HAVE avg 10, 2D L2.4, calc SPDS0097 i SPDS0059 HAVE avg IE, 2E L2.4, calc SPDS0098 SPDS0060 HAVE avg 1F, 2F L2.4, calc SPDS0099 SPDS0061 HAVE avg 1G, 2G L2.4, calc SPDS0100 SPDS0062 HAVE avg 1H, 2H L2.4, calc SPDS0101 SPDS0063 HAVE Overall avg supp pool water temp L2.4, L3.1, j (healthy avg SPDS0055 to 0062) L3.5, L3.8, L3.9, i Calculate SPDS0064
& SPDSB0X4 SPDS0064 TRAN Avg supp pool temp rate-of-change (ROC SPDS0063) L2.4 SPDS0084 EXTR Delta T heat capacity (limit minus SPDS0063) L3.2 N019 A Suppression pool level (0-30') A Calculate SPDS0065 N020 A B Calculate SPDS0065 SPDS0065 HAVE Avg supp pool wide range level L2.4, L3.2, L3.3, (healthy avg N019, N020) SFI, calculate SPDS0066 & SPDSBOX4 i SPDS0066 TRAN Avg supp pool wide level rate-of-change (ROC SPDS0065) L2.4 N021 A Containment-water level (0-100') A Calculate SPDS0067 N022 A B Calculate SPDS0067 Avg cont, wide range level j SPDS0067 HAVE (healthy avg N021, N022) L3.4 I N079 A ERP normal range rad monitor L2.5, Calc SPDS0070,
- SPDS0071 & SPDSB0XS SPDS0070 LOG Log of ERP normal range L2.5
(LOG N079) l SPDS0071 TRAN ERP effluent rate-of-change
! (ROC N079) L2.5 N073 A A0G & RW effluent normal range L2.5, Calc SPDS0072, rad mon SPDS0073 & SPDSB0XS
! SPDS0072 LOG Log of A0G & RW normal range L2.5
' (LOG N073)
SPDS0073 TRAN A0G & RW eff rate-of-change (ROC N073) L2.5 3-10
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
. l Table 3-1. Data Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays (continued).
i Point Point ID* Type ** Variable Name Use***
N074 A Rx bldg effluent rad monitor L2.5, Calc SPDS0074, SPDS0075 & SPDSB0XS SPDS0074 LOG Log of Rx bldg effluent L2.5 (LOG N074)
SPDS0075 TRAN Rx bldg effluent rate-of-change (ROC N074) L2.5 N069 A Turbine bldg effluent normal L2.5, Calc SPDS0076, i
range rad mon SPDS0077 & SPDSBOXS SPDS0076 LOG Log of turb bldg effluent L2.5 (LOG N069)
SPDS0077 TRAN Turb bldg eff rate-of-change (ROC N069) L2.5 N082 A SJAE radiation monitor A Calculate SPDS0078 N083 A B Calculate SPD50078 i N084 A SJAE A air flow Calculate SPDS0078 N085 A B air flow Calculate SPDS0078 SPDS0078 EXTR Calculated SJAE effluent L2.5, Calc SPDS0079, SPDS0081 & SPDSBOX5 SPDS0081 LOG LOG of SJAE effluent (LOG SPDS0078) L2.5 SPDS0079 TRAN SJAE effluent rate-of-change (ROC SPDS0078) L2.5 l SPDS0008 EXTR Supp. pool heat cap. temp lim.
L2.4 E0 PSI SPDS0018 EXTR Supp. pool heat cap. level lim. L2.4 E0 PSI SPDS0028 EXTR Supp. pool load lim. L2.4 E0 PSI SPDS0048 EXTR Containment pressure lim. L2.4 E0 PSI SPDS006B EXTR Drywell spray init press lim. L2.4 E0 PSI SPDS0078 EXTR Drywell hydrogen lim. L2.4 E0 PSI
, SPDS0098 EXTR Drywell oxygen lim. L2.4 E0 PSI SPDS0108 EXTR Torus oxygen lim.' L2.4 E0 PSI SPDS011B EXTR NPSH lim. L2.2 E0 PSI SPDS0218 EXTR Constant 100 psig L3.15 E0 PSI SPDS0228 EXTR Constant 425 psig L3.15 E0 PSI SPDS0238 EXTR RPV press hi/ level inc. L3.15 E0 PSI SPD50248 EXTR RPV press int / level inc. L3.15 E0 PSI SPDS0258 EXTR RPV press low / level inc. L3.15 E0 PSI SPDS0268 EXTR RPV press hi-int / level dec. L3.15 E0 PSI SPDS0278 EXTR RPV press low / level dec. L3.15 E0 PSI SPDS0288 EXTR RPV sat temp lim L1.0, L2.2 & L3.15 E0 PSI IAD_,EOP GC SAA "E" driver SAA "E" 3-11
f I c 503-8500000-78-(Rev. 2) 2/1/85 9
Tab.le 3-1. Data Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays (continued).
Point Point ID* Type ** Variable Name Use***
SPDSBOX1 EXTR Reactivity control SFI driver SFI SPDSBOX2 EXTR Core cooling SFI driver SFI SPDSBOX3 EXTR Coolant sys integrity
! SFI driver SFI SPDSB0X4 EXTR Containment integrity SFI SFI driver SPDSBOX5 EXTR Radioactive release SFI dri'ver SFI SPDS01DS EXTR APRM (SPDS0008) DNSC ind L1.0 & L2.1 DNSCI ,
SPDS02DS EXTR RPV press (SPDS0030) DNSC ind L1.0 & L2.3 DNSCI )
SPDS03DS EXTR RPV level avg NR (SPDS0019) L1.0 DNSCI DNSC ind SPDSO4DS EXTR Drywell press (SPDS0043) DNSC- L1.0 DNSCI ind SPDS05DS EXTR SRM (SPDS0014) DNSC ind L2.1 DNSCI SPDS06DS EXTR RPV level NR A (8021) DNSC ind L2.2 DNSCI SPDS07DS EXTR B (N011) L2.2 DNSCI -
SPDS080S EXTR C (N012) L2.2 DNSCI SPDS09DS EXTR RPV level WR A (G032) DNSC ind L2.2 DNSCI SPDS10DS EXTR B (G033) L2.2 DNSCI SPDS11DS EXTR RPV level FZ A (N009) DNSC ind L2.2 DNSCI -
SPDS12DS EXTR B (N010) L2.2 DNSCI SPDS13DS EXTR Drywell press (SPDS0045) L2.3 & L2.4 DNSCI MR DNSC ind .
l SPDS140S EXTR Containment rad (SPDS0082) L2.3 DNSCI l DNSC ind SPDS15DS EXTR Drywell temp (SPDS0051) DNSC ind L2.4 DNSCI
- SPDS160S EXTR Supp. pool level WR (SPDS0065) L2.4 DNSCI DNSC ind SPDS17DS EXTR Supp. pool temp avg (SPDS0063) L2.4 DNSCI DNSC ind SPDS180S EXTR ERP eff (SPDS0070) DNSC ind L2.5 DNSCI SPDS1905 EXTR A0G & RW eff. (SPDS0072) L2.5 DNSCI DNSC ind SPDS200S EXTR Rx bldg. eff. (SPDS0074) L2.5 DNSCI DNSC ind SPDS21DS
^
EXTR Turb. bldg eff (SPDS0076) L2.5 DNSCI DNSC ind SPDS22DS EXTR SJAE eff. (SPDS0078) DNSC ind L2.5 DNSCI SPDS01NV EXTR Average APRM (SPDS0008) NV L1.0 & L2.1 NVI SPDS02NV EXTR Average SRM (SPDS0014) NV L2.1 NVI 3-12
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 )
I l
Table 3-1. Data Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays (continued).
Point Point ID* Type ** Variable Name Use*** l SPDS03NV EXTR Average narrow range RPV level L1.0 NVI (SPDS0019) NV SPDS04NV EXTR Average wide range RPV level L2.2 & L3.15 NVI (SPDS0023) NV SPDS05NV EXTR Average FZ range RPV level L2.2 NVI (SPDS0027) NV SPDS061V EXTR Maximum drywel.1 temp (SPDS0051) L2.4 & L3.11 NVI NV SPDS07NV EXTR Average RPV pressure (SPDS0030) L1.0, L2.2, L2.3, NV L2.4, L3.1, L3.3, 4 L3.11 & L3.15 NVI SPDS08NV EXTR Avg NR drywell pressure L1.0 NVI (SPDS0043) NV SPDS09NV EXTR Avg MR drywell pressure L2.3, L2.4, L3.4 (SPDS0045) NV to L3.9 NVI SPDS10NV EXTR Supp pool 1A, 2A temp L2.4 NVI (SPDS0055) NV ,
SPDS11NV EXTR Supp pool 18, 2B temp L2.4 NVI
, (SPDS0056) NV SPDS12NV -
EXTR Supp pool IC, 2C temp L2.4 NVI (SPD50057) NV SPDS13NV EXTR Supp pool 10, 20 temp L2.4 NVI (SPDS0058) NV SPDS14NV EXTR Supp pool 1E, 2E temp L2.4 NVI (SPDS0059) NV SPDS15NV EXTR Supp pool 1F, 2F temp L2.4 NVI (SPDS0060) NV
! SPDS16NV EXTR Supp pool 1G, 2G temp L2.4 NVI (SPDS0061) NV
! SPDS17NV EXTR Supp pool 1H, 2H temp L2.4 NVI (SPDS0062) NV SPDS18NV EXTR Supp pool WR level L2.4, L3.2 &
(SPDS0065) NV L3.3 NVI SPDS19NV EXTR Containment WR level L3.4 NVI (SPDS0067) NV I
SPDS0101 PSEU Spare SPDS0102 PSEU Spare SPDS0103 PSEU Spare SPDS0104 PSEU Spare SPDS0105 TRAN Spare SPDS0106 TRAN Spare SPDS0107 TRAN Spare 3-13
n 503-8500000-78 (Rav. 2) 2/1/85 .
I Table 3-1. Data Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays (continued). . i' i'
Point Point ID* Type ** Variable Name Use*** -
SPDS01J8 TRAN Spare _.,
SPDS0109 TRAN Spare SPDS0110 B0OL Spare 4 SPDS0111- BOOL Spare SPCS0112 BOOL Spare SPDS0113 BOOL Spare j SP050114 BOOL Spare SPDS0115 EXTR Spare -
SPD50116 EXTR Spare '
SPDS0117 E'.TR Spare SPDS0118 EXTR Spare _
SPDS0119 EXTR Spare SPDS0120 EXTR Spare w ,
SPDS0121 EXTR Spare SPDS0122 EXTR Spare SPDS0123 EXTR Spare SPDS0124 EXTR Spare l n e
Notes: '
- Four digit point 10 numbers indicate analog or digital points available on PMIS. Eight digit point ID numbers prefaced with the charac.ters "SPDS" are composed points. ]
- = analog
- "n Point type: A D = digital .
, PSEU = pseudo analog, spare l HMAX = pseudo analog, maximum of healthy inputs l HAVE = pseudo analog, healthy average D.
I LOG = pseudo analog, logarithm
- TRAN = transform, rate-of-change BOOL = Boolean, spare T i HOR = Boolean, healthy OR a HAND = Boolean, healthy AND ..
CXTR = external (real) te GC = PMIS global connon variable .-
- If the variable appears in a display, the display is identified as
,l follows: -
d
- Level 1 display L1.0 = overview bar {
u Y
3-14 m
,b
1 503-8S00000-78 (Ray. 2) 2/1/85 I
- Table 3-1. Data Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays (continued).
- Level 2 displays In this table, Level 2 displays are identified only by their first two digits. The third digit in the Level 2 display designation i uniquely identifies multiple displays related to the same function l as follows: L2.1 are reactivity control displays, L2.2 are core i cooling displays, L2.3 are coolant system integrity displays, L2.4 l are containment integrity displays, and L2.5 are radioactive release displays. The full set of Level 2 displays are the following:
L2.1.1 = reactivity control (bar)
L2.1.2 = reactivity control (trend)
L2.2.1 = RPV water level (bar/RPV mimic)
L2.2.2 = core cooling (trend)
L2.3.1 = coolant system integrity (bar)
L2.3.2 = coolant system integrity (trend)
L2.4.1 = containment integrity (bar)
L2.4.2 = containment integrity (trend) i L2.4.3 = suppression chamber mimic L2.5.1 = radioactive release (bar)
L2.5.2 = radioactive release (trend, page 1/2)
L2.5.3 = radioactive release (trend, page 2/2)
- Level 3 displays L3.1 = heat capacity temperature limit L3.2 = heat capacity level limit
, L3.3 = suppression pool load limit
,L3.4 = containment pr. essure limits L3.5 .= drywell spray initiation pressure limit L3.6 = drywell hydrogen and oxygen status L3.7 = suppression chamber hydrogen and oxygen status L3.8 = RHR pump NPSH limits L3.9 = Qore spray pump NPSH limits
. L3.11 = RPV saturation temperature limit .
! L3.12 = maximum core uncovery time limit L3.15 = RPV pressure / level status matrix Status indicators
- SFI = safety function indicator (on all'SPDS displays)
- ESI = equipment status indicator
[ E0 PSI = emergency operating procedure limit status indicator r DNSCI = downscale indicator
! NVI = not-valid indicator
!, SAA = system alarm area indicator 3-15
. = , - - - . . , - -
, w - , -
l
-503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
~ ^
3.2 ,
DEFINITION OF SPDS POINTS IN THE PMIS DATA BASE Data points used by the SPDS are formally defined in the PMIS data l base. NP,PD has responsibility for. defining all field input points. The field input points used by the SPDS are functionally grouped and listed in Table 3-2. The analog field input points used by the SPDS are listed .
sequentially by point ID number in Table 3-3, and the digital field input 5 points are listed iri a similar manner in Table 3-4. The PMIS data base _
descriptions for these field input points should identify them as SPDS points. The -SPDS composed points are defined in the PMIS data base using the following conventions. .
3.2.1 Point ID -
A. All SPDS-composed points have eight-character point ID's, with . - ,
the first four characters being "SPDS". j B. Point ID's from SPDSBOX1 to SPDSB0XS are used to drive the Safety Function Indicators. These are all external (real) points. "
C. Point ID's ending in "B" are associated with the E0P limits in the
, Level 3 displays. These dre all external (real) points. ]
D. Point ID's ending in "NV" are used to drive the Not-Valid f
1 Indicators. These are all external (real) points. I E. Point ID's ending 'in "DS" are used to drive the Downscale ~
Indicators. These are all external (real) points. -;
F. Point ID's from SPDS0001 to SPDSD100 are pseudo-analog, transform, j Boolean, or external (real) points used for a variety of other .
l functions in the ',PDS displays. Some point ID numbers in this j interval are not used.
G. Point ID's from SPDS0101 to SPDS0124 are spare _ points that are are !
- reserved for future SPDS needs. These 24 reserved points are specified as followsf pseudo-analog (4), transform (5), Boolean
! (5), and external (real) (10). d l
1 4
6 A
3-16 [
,J
x 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 Table 3-2. Summary of Field Input Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays. )
i l
i Point Point ID Type
- Variable Name 8000 A APRM A flux level B001 A B.
8002 A C' B003 A D B004 A E B005 ^ 'A F A527 D APRM upscale alarm (any)
~
A528 D APRM inoperative alarm (any)
A535 0 APRM Ch A bypassed A536 D Ch B A537 D Ch C A538 D Ch D A539 D Ch E AS40 0 Ch F N040 A SRM log count rate Ch A N041 'A -B ~
N042 A C N043 A D A519 0 SRM detector not startup position'(any)
A520 0 SRM upscale alarm (any)
A521 D SRM i_noperative alarm (any)
A533 D SRM bypassed (any)
N520 0 All control rods in D530 D Reactor scram Ch A i D531 D B B021 A RPV water level - narrow range (0 to 60") A N011 A B N012 A C G032 A All water level
.-ide range (-150" to 60") A '
' G033 A B N009 A .:/, water level - fuel zone range (-100" to 200") A**
N010 A B**
N013 A Reactor pressure (0-1500 psi) A N014 A B D554 D Group 1 isolation A signal D555 0 e N781 0 Group 21 solation sigual - inboard N782 0 - outboard N783 0 Group 3 isolation signal - inboard N784 0 - outboard I 3-17
- -- c y -
y y y -- -m,q e-
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85
.- Table 3-2. Field Input Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays (Continued).
Point Point ID Type
- Variable Name N785 0 Group 4 isolation A signal N786 0 B N787 0 Group 5 isolation A signal N788 D B N789 D Group 6 isolation A signal N790 D B ,
N791 0 Group 7 isolation signal - inboard N792 ~
D - outboard -
N797 D Main steam iso valve A inboard N801 D A outboard N798 D Main steam iso valve B inboard .,
N802 0 B outboard Main steam iso valve C inboard N799 0 N803 .D C outboard '
N800 D Main steam iso valve D inboard N804 0 D outboard 0556 0 Main stm relief valve A press sw T142 A A temp .;
l D557 0 B press sw '
T143 A B temp.
0558 0 C press sw ,
T144 A C temp 0559 D D press sw --
T145 A D temp 0560 D E press sw ' '!.
T146 A E temp ;
0561 D F press'sw T147 A F temp ,
- l. 0562 0 G press sw ;
l T148 A G temp 0563 D H press sw '
T149 A H temp M186 A Main stm safety valve A temp e T139 A A temp M187 A B temp T140 A . B temp _,
M188 A C temp T141 A C temp N002 A HPCI flow N003 A RCIC flow ~
N000 A Core spray pump A flow N001 A B -
M578 D Core spray pump A status .;
M580 0 B 3-18 -.
I
,s
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 Table 3-2. Field Input Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays (Continued).
Point Point ID Type
N862 0 IB status '
N863 D IC status N864 0 10 status N806 0 RHR suction isolation valve, inbd N807 0 outbd N017 A Containment (drywell) pressure
(-5 to +5 psig) A N018 A B F084 A Drywell pressure (0-80 psia) A F085 A B M161 A Drywell temperature PT-10 M162 A PT-11 M163 A PT-12 l
N276 A Drywell zone 28 area temp B i N277 A D T122 A Drywell hydrogen level N061 A Drywell/ torus 0-5% oxygen level N062 A Drywell/ torus 0-10% oxygen level N065 A Drywell/ torus 0-25% oxygen level N627 D Drywell oxygen sample No.1 N628 D Drywell oxygen sample No. 2 N629 D Drywell oxygen sample No. 3 N630 'O Torus oxygen sample N631 D Drywell/ torus oxygen range No. 1 (0-5%)
N632 0 Drywell/ torus oxygen range No. 2 (0-10%)
N633 'D Drywell/ torus oxygen range No. 3 (0-25%)
N059 A Drywell flr sump pump 1F1/2 flow i'-
N060 A pump 1G1/2 flow N063 A High range drywell airlock area rad monitor N023 A Suppression pool water temp 1A N024 A 1B N025 A 1C 3-19
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 *
,1 Table 3-2. Summary of Field Input Points for Generating Cooper SPDS Displays (Continued).
Point '
Point ID Type
- Variable Name !
N026 A Suppression pool water temp 10 N027 A 1E N028 A 1F N029 A 1G NO30 A 1H ,
NO31 A 2A NO32 A 2B -
NO33 A 2C NO34 A 2D NO35 A 2E NO36 A 2F l NO37 A 2G i N038 A 2H N019 A Suppression pool level (0-30') A- .
N020 A B N021 A Containment water level (0-100') A N022 A B ,
N079 A 'ERP normal range rad monitor ,
N073 A A0G & RW ef fluent normal range "
rad monitor --
I N074 A Rx .bidg effluent rad monitor i N069 A Turbine bldg effluent ' normal -
range rad monitor N082 A SJAE radiation monitor A '
N083 A ,
B j N084 A SJAE A air flow N085 A B air flow 3 Notes:
- A = analog, I D = digital
.i l ** Data points not yet available on PMIS, but SPOS has display
- features and software to present this data when it becomes ;
available _j l
. . . . .--..a-3-20 .
J
503-85000000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 Table 3-3. Sequential Listing of Analog Field Input Points Used by the Cooper SPOS.
Point ID Variable Name B000 APRM A flux level B001 B B002 C B003 0 .
B004 E B005 F B021 RPV water level - narrow range (0 to 60") A F084 Drywell pressura (0 to 80 psia) A F085 B G032 RPV water level - wide range (-150 to 60") A G033 B M161 Drywell temperature PT-10 M162 PT-11 M163 PT-12 M186 MS safety valve A temp M187 B M188 C N000 Core spray pump A flow
N001 RHR loop A flow N005 B N009 RPV water level - fuel zone range (-100" to 200") A*-
N010 B*
N011 RPV water level - narrow range (0 to 60") B N012 C N013 Reactor pressure (0 to 1500 psi) A N014 8 N017 Containment (drywell) pressure (-5 to +5 psig) A N018 8 N019 Suppression pool level (0 to 30') A N020 8 l N021 Containment water level (0 to 100') A l N022 B NO23 Suppression pool water temp 1A N024 1B ,
N025 1C l N026 10 i N027 IE ,
N028 1F l N029 -
IG l N030 1H l
3-21 l l
l
503-85000000-78 (R;v. 2) 2/1/85 Table 3-3. Sequential Listing of Analog Field Input Points Used by the Cooper SPDS (Continued). )
1 Point ID Variable Name NO31 Suppression pool water temp 2A NO32 28 -
NO33 2C NO34 20 NO35 2E NO36 2F i NO37 ,
2G NO38 2H N040 SRM log count rate Ch A N041 B N042 C N043 D NJ59 Drywell floor sump pump 1F1/2 flow 2
N060 1G1/2
! N061 Drywell/ torus 0 to 5% oxygen level ~
N062 Drywell/ torus 0 tc 10% oxygen level N063 High range drywell airlock area radiation monitor N065 _Drywell/ torus 0 to 25% oxygen level N069 Turbine bldg effluent normal range radiation monitor N073 A0G & RW effluent normal range radiation monitor ~,
N074 Reactor bldg effluent radiation monitor N079 ERP normal range radiation monitor , _3 N082 SJAE radiation monitor A !
N083 B s 1
N084 SJAE A air flow '
N085 B N276 Drywell zone 2B area temp B _
N277 0 T122 Drywell hydrogen level T139 MS safety valve A temp l
~3 T140 B T141 C T142 Main steam relief valve A temp ,,
l l
T143 8 a T144 C 4
T145 D '
T146 E "
T147 F T148 G , I T149 H
- Data points not yet available on PMIS. -
l w
3 22
. .J
s 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 Table 3-4. Sequential Listing of Digital Field Input Points Used by the Cooper SPOS.
Point 10 Variable Name A519 SRM detector not startup position (any)
A520 SRM upscale alarm (any)
A521 SRM inoperative alarm (any)
A527 APRM upscale alarm (any)
A528 APRM inoperative alarm (any)
A533 SRM bypassed (any)
A535 APRM Ch A bypassed A536 B A537 C A538 0 A539 E A540 F 0530 Reactor scram Ch A 0531 8 0554 Group 1 isolation A signal 0555 8 0556 Main steam relief valve A press sw 0557 B 0558 C .
0559 0 0560 E l 0561 F 0562 G 0563 H
- M578 Core spray A status
- M579 B N520 All control rods in N627 Drywell oxygen sample No. I status N628 2 N629 3 N630 Drywell/ torus oxygen range No.1 (0-5%)
N631 2 (0-10%)
N632 3 (0-25%)
N781 Group 2 isolation signal - inboard N782 - outboard N783 Group 3 isolation signal - inboard .
N784 - outboard N785 Group 4 isolation A signal N786 B N787 Group 5 isolation A signal N788 B N789 Group 6 isolation A signal N790 B N791 Group 7 isolation signal - inboard N792 - outboard I
3-23
-b 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
Table 3-4. Sequential Listing of Digital Field Input Points Used by the Cooper SPDS (Continued).
Point ID Variable Name Main steam iso valve A inbocrd N797 N798 8 N799 C N800 0 N801 A outboard N802 8 N803 C N804 0 7 N806 RHR suction isolation valve - inboard i N807 - outboard N861 RHR pump 1A status -
N862 18 N863 1C N864 10 E
l l
i
.a 4
-4 3-24 i
503-8500000-78 (Ray. 2) 2/1/85
. 3.2.2 SPOS point /NRC 1.97 paint A. All SPDS composed points are declared as "SPDS points." None of these points are declared as "NRC 1.97 points."
B. All field inputs listed in Table 3-1 should be declared to be SPDS points.
3.2.3 Processing frequency A. All SPDS composed points have been assigned processing frequency B (1 second).
B. All field input points listed in Table 3-1 also should be assigned either processing frequency B or A (0.1 second).
3.2.4 Processing control logicals A. ' All composed points associated with trend or x-y plots have logicals set to YYYYNNNN ( i .e., process, quality and alarm
~ checking, archive, and quick look).
B. The following field input points are used directly in SPDS trend or x-y plots and also should have processing control logicals set
! to YYYYNNNN (i.e., to ensure that data is sent to quick look
^
file):
i N000,. Core spray pump A flow N001, Core spray pump B flow
- N004, RHR loop A flow i - N005, RHR loop B flow T122, Drywell bydrogen concentration
- C. All rates-of-change computed using transform #8 have logicals set to YNYNNNNN (i.e., no quality and alarm checking).
l D. All other points have logicals set to YYYNNNNN (i.e., not sent to quick look file).
3-25 l
l
,-.. _ _ . _ . _ _ _ _ - __ _ _ _ _ . _ . _ ~ . _ _
..___.._.._m ._ _ - _ _ _ , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ - _ _
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 ,
j 3.2.5 Engineering limit high/ low -
A. No engineering limits are required for rates-of-change. The PMIS _ . ,
default values of .1000E8 and .100E8 are used for engineering limits high and low, respectively.
B. Engineering high/ low limits for analog composed points correspond directly to the engineering high/ low limits of the respective field input points.
~
3.2.6 Engineering units ;
i
, A. All rates-of-change (ROC) computed using transform #8 are specified in terms of units per minute.
B. Engineering units'for the following ROC variable are specifled in ,
l the data base, but are not meaningful engineering terms. In the {
SPDS displays, these variables only drive the direction-of-change arrows. No analog value of rate-of-change 1.s displayed.
- SPOS0049, Drywell radiation monitor ROC (R/hr/ min)
SPDS0071,ERPeffluentROC(uCi/sec[ min) 1 SPDS0073, A0G. A RW effluent ROC (uCyrsec/ain) I
- SPDS0075, Rx Bldg effluent ROC (uCi/sec/ min) 3
- SPOS0077, Turbine Bldg effluent ROC (uC1/sec/ min) j
C. Engineering units for the data points which drive the following j status indicators are defined as " Status":
- Safety Function Indicators
- Equipment Status Indicators E0P limit status indicators
'l
~
- Not-Valid Indicators Downscale Indicators y
! D. Engineering units for spare points are, defined as " Spare". d 1
i i l
)
3-26 J-
. _ - _ _ _ _ . _ . - _ _ _ - . _ . . - - _ - - . -. __. - L ,
503 8500000-78 (Rev. 2)- 2/1/85
, 3.2.7 Display fractional digits A. All calculated rates-of-change are displayed to the nearest whole number, with no decimal places (i.e., displayed fractional digits
= 0).
1 B. Points associated with equipment status, E0P limit status, or
< safety function indicator boxes are external (real) points but actually have integer values (i.e., 0,1,2 ... etc.). They are l presented as whole numbers, with no decimal places (i.e.,
displayed fractional digits = 0).
C. Other analog points are displayed with 0,1 or 2 decimal places as needed to show current values to three significant figures. The 4
only exception to this guideline is that four significant figures are used to display analog values greater than 999.
$ 3.2.8 Compression limits A. ' All linear range analog points have been assigned compression
- limits that are 10 percent of the engineering range, rounded up to the nearest wttole number.
B. An exception to (A), above, is that the compression limit for all RPV water level ranges have been set at 10 percent of the narrow
- range scale, for uniformity.
[ C. All log range analog points have been assigned compression limits that are 10 percent of the engineering limit high.
D. All external (real) points which can take on only integer values
- (i.e., 0,1,2... etc.), have been assigned a compression limit of 1.
- , 3.2.9 Alars/ Warning limits A. For analog points, only actual alarm and warning limits are l l specified in the data base (See Section 4). Where no relevant l i
alarm or warning setpoint exists, it is indicated by the special
! characters 'NA'.
l 3-27
_- - ___ e _. _ _ . . .- - - - - . _- . _ - -. - _ _ _ . - --
e 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 -
B. There are no warning or alarm limits specified for rate-of-change .
variables.
C. For all external (real) points which can take on only integer -.
values (i.e., 0,1,2 ... etc.), the warning low and alarm low limits have been specified as 'NA'.
D. All field input points associated with SPDS composed points should have corresponding warning and alarm limits (see Section 4 for a '
listing of field input points and related SPDS coreposed points). -
- 3.2.10 Alarm deadband
.i 5
A. All ROC variables calculated using transform #8 are assigned a default deadband of 100000. This actua~lly is a meaningless value l because none of the ROC variables have alarm or warning limits speci fied. ]
I B. For all other analog points, a deadband of about 1 percent of the instrument range is assigned, rounded to the nearest whole number ,
greater than 0.
C. An exception to (B), above, is that the clarm deadband is .
specified as 1 percent of the alarm setpoint when the alarm j, setpoint is encountered at the low end of the instrument range ,
(i.e., an example is point SPDS0078, SJAE effluent).
3.2.11 Initialization value desired / initialization value l
A. Initialization values are specified for the Safety Function
]
Indicators (SPDSBOX1 to SPDSBOX5). An initialization value of '0' i is specified. This is the value assigned for normal conditions. .g B. Initialization values are specified for two constants (SPDS0218) i and SPDS0228) associated with Display L3.15. Initialization y values are set equal to the respective values of the constants. j C. No other initialization values have been assigned.
1 p
"m em-l l .;
3-28
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 l
. 3.2.12 Tranform interval l A. The rate-of-change algorithm used for the SPDS (transform #8) has a fixed transform interval, as described later in this section.
B. No other PMIS transforms are used for SPDS displays.
i i
1 4
e 4
3-29
n 503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 .
3.3 DESCRIPTION
OF CALCULATIONS FOR SELECTED PMIS COMPOSED POINTS The calculations associated with PMIS composed points are standard PMIS routines that a e separately documented. Selected PMIS composed point j calculations are described in the following section.
3.3.1 PMIS Rate-of-Change Transform With the exception of source range reactor period (i.e., source l range monitor rate-of-change), all SPDS rate-of-change variables are calculated by applying PMIS transform #8 to a field input point or to an SPDS composed point. The algorithm for this transform utilizes the last four scan values to calculate a rate-of-change as follows:
Tn = (15/SR)((Pn + Pn-1) - (Pn-2 + Pn-3))
where Tn = transform output (units / min ~ute) i Pn = input variable at scan point n (units) n = scan point, where n ='l is current scan ,
SR = scan rate (seconds)
This-transform simply averages the last two scan v'alues and the previous two
~
scan values and computes a simple change rate between the two averaged values. This approach is expected to yield a rate-of-change that is '
reasonably responsive for both slow changing and fast changing variables, si The scan rate of a point is explicitly treated in the algorithm for s transform #8. The scan rate for the point in question is read from main .,
memory each tiise transform #8 is used. If the scan rate of a point is j changed, transform #8 will continued to calculate a correct rate-of-change.
1 It should be noted that ROC data is provided in the SPDS as ;
supplementary data. The SPDS Safety Analysis
- did not identify any ROC data that was directly related to safety function status or E0P entry conditions. 'I Therefore, the expected use of ROC data does not warrant a more J sophisticated algorithm than the algorithm described above for PMIS l
transform #8. .;
l i
- Safety Parameter Display System Safety Analysis, 503-8500000-76 l
3-30 ,
l .
,J I
503-8500000-78 (Rav. 2) 2/1/85
. 3.3.2 PMIS Healthy Calculations As described in Section 2, many calculations for the SPDS are performed only using input points with a quality that is considered to be
" heal thy". Important examples of such PMIS calculations are healthy average l
(HAVE), healthy maximum (HMAX), healthy OR (HOR), and healthy AND (hat 40). l l All of these Malthy calculations will yield meaningful results if at least one input point maintains a healthy data quality. When no healthy input points are available, the quality of the " healthy" result is NCAL. In this case, the PMIS current value table retains the last healthy value of the respective variable, and the table is not updated until a healthy input point again becomes available. Each of the PMIS healthy calculations are described below.
I 3.3.2.1 Healthy Average A healthy average is an arithmetic average of the current values of those input points that have a healthy data quality. As an example, an average of many input points will actually be an average as .long as two or more input points remain healthy. If only one input point is healthy, the value of that input point is assigned'to the healthy average . result. This result is no longer an average value, but it does represent the best '
available information on the current value of the respective variable.
3.3.2.2 Healthy Maximum A healthy maximum determines the maximum current value of these input points that have a healthy data quality. As an example, a maximum of many input points is determined by a comparison process, and the greatest current value is assigned to the healthy maximum result. If only one input point is healthy, that value is the maximum and it is assigned. to the healthy maximum result.
. 3.3.2.3 Healthy OR A healthy 0R of two healthy input points is equivalent to a simple Boolean OR operation. If one input point is not healthy, it is assumed to have a value of "0". In this case,. the healthy OR result is the value of the remaining healthy input point.
3-31
,7 - ,- . , , -n_,- -r- - - - + - - - -
_ . ~ _ _ _ - - - - _ _ . - - - - - . , . _ _ _ _ - . - , - - - - - , _
,----+-----g
u u q
-503-8500000-78 (R:v. 2) 2/1/85 ,
3.3.2.4 Healthy AND A healthy AND of two healthy input points is equivalent to a simple Boolean AND operation. If one input point is not healthy, it is assumed to have a value of "1". In this case, the healthy AND result is the value af the remaining hea1 thy input point. e 0
9 or.
'l e
.h J
i
.i i
+
J t
I .j j _;
.J 3-32 .
I a
503-8500000-78 (R;v. 2) 2/1/85
3.4 DESCRIPTION
OF CALCULATIONS FOR EXTERNAL (REAL) POINTS The calculations performed for external (real) points are not supported by the PMIS and are documented in this report, as listed in Table
! 3-5. To the extent practical, " healthy" calculations are used to determine the current value of external (real) points. Special SPDS software has been developed to support these external (real) points.
1 l
4 e
i e
1 3-33 I
L
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 ,
l Table 3-5. Cross-Reference to Descriptions of Calculations to Support
- External (Real) Points. -
i Report Section !
External (Real) Point Use* Describing Calculation .l i .,
SPDS0010 ESI 6.1 i
SPDS0015 Analog 8.1 j SPOS0029 Analog 8.3 ,-
i SPOS0039 ESI 6.1 >
I I SPDS0040 ESI 6.1 i SPOS0041 ESI 6.1 '
- SP050042
,' SPOS0054 ESI 6.1
- SPDS0069 Analog 9.7 7 j SPOS0078 Analog 8.10 )
j SPDS0080 ESI 6.1
- SPOS0084 Analog 9.1 J SPOS0085 ESI
- 6.1 -
i SPOS0086 ESI 6.1 2 SPOS0089 ESI 6.1 _
- SPOS0090 Analog 9.6 j SPOS0091 . Analog 9.6 i SPOS0092 Analog 9.6 SPOS0093 -
ESI 6.1 ,
- SPOS0094 ESI 6.1 '
SPOS0095 ESI 6.1 SPOS0096 ESI 6.1 , ,,
i SPOS0097 ESI 6.1 ,
i SPOS0098 ESI 6.1 ->
! SPOS0099 ESI 6.1 '
l SPOS0008 E0 PSI 9.1
- SPOS0018 E0 PSI 9.2 ..
i SPOS002B E0 PSI 9.3 '
SPOS0048 E0 PSI 9.4 -;
l SPOS0068 E0 PSI 9.5 "
r l SPOS007B E0 PSI 9.6 l SPOS0098 E0 PSI 9.6 ,
i SPDS0108 E0 PSI 9.7 !
SPD50118 E0 PSI 9.8 J SPOS0218 E0 PSI 9.12 SPDS0228 E0 PSI 9.12 l SPOS0238 E0 PSI 9.12 J SPOS0248' E0 PSI 9.12 SPOS0258 E0 PSI 9.12 SPOS0268 E0 PSI 9.12 "
SPOS0278 E0 PSI 9.12 SPDS0288 E0 PSI 9.10 .
SPOS80X1 SFI 5.1 3-34 .
.d
503-8500000-78 (R0v. 2) W/G%M
- 1 I
Table 3-5. Cross-Reference to Descriptions of Calculations to Support External (Real) Points (continued)
Report Section External (Real) Point Use* Describing Calculation SPDSBOX2 SFI 5.2 SPDSB0X3 SFI 5.3 SPDSB0X4 SFI 5.4 SPDSB0XS SFI 5.5 SPDS01DS DNSCI 2.2 SPDS02DS DNSCI 2.2 SPDS03DS DNSCI 2.2 SPDSO40S DNSCI 2.2 SPDS05DS DNSCI 2.2 -
SPDS06DS DNSCI 2.2 SPDS07DS DNSCI 2.2 SPDS08DS DNSCI 2.2 SPDSO90S DNSCI 2.2 SPDS10DS DNSCI 2.2 SPDS11DS DNSCI 2.2 SPDS12DS DNSCI 2.2 SPDS13DS DNSCI 2.2
< SPDS14DS DNSCI 2.2 SPDS15DS DNSCI 2.2 SPDS16DS DNSCI 2.2 SPDS17DS DNSCI 2.2 SPDS18DS DNSCI 2.2 SPDS1905 DNSCI 2.2 SPDS2005 DNSCI 2.2 SPDS21DS DNSCI 2.2 SPDS220S DNSCI. 2.2 '
SPDS01NV NVI 2.2 SPDS02NV NVI 2.2 SPD503NV NVI 2.2 SPDSO4NV NVI 2.2 SPDS05NV NVI 2.2 SPDS06NV NVI 2.2 SPDS07NV NVI 2.2 SPDS08NV NVI 2.2 SPDS09NV NVI 2.2 SPDS10NV NVI 2.2 SPDS11NV NVI 2.2 SPDS12NV NVI 2.2 SPDS13NV NVI 2.2 SPDS14NV NVI 2.2 SPDS15NV NVI 2.2 SPDS16NV NVI 2.2 SPDS17NV NVI 2.2 SPDS18NV NVI 2.2 SPDS19NV NVI '2.2 3-35 i
1 -. . . _ . -. ._. _._
m <
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
Table 3-5. Cross-Reference to Descriptions of Calculations to Support External (Real) Points (continued)
- Abbreviations are defined as follows:
DNSCI = Downscale indicator E0 PSI = E0P status indicator ESI = Equipment status indicator ,
NVI = Not-valid indicator -
SFI = Safety-function indicator
~1 6
"i
.b 4
.e w
3-36 ,
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
. 3.5 GUIDELINES FOR SEPARATION OF-REDUNDANT FIELD INPUT POINTS USED BY THE SPDS As described in Section 2, some of the field input analog points are treated as redundant points. To enhance SPDS reliability, these points will provided with some level of separation when practical. In the absence of established design criteria for the separation of redundant SPDS field ,
input points, the following guidelines present a " common sense" approach for providing reasonable separation:
i
- The redundant points should be terminated to different multiplexers when multiplexers powered from different divisions of electric power are available in the same vicinity. If the available multiplexers are supplied from the same electrical division (i.e., the same external source of power), a loss of that
! electrical division will result in a loss of all supplied l multiplexers. In this case, terminating the redundant points to different multiplexers is of limited value, because the odly class of single-point failure to be eliminated is a multiplexer failure j having a " global" effect on all connected field inputs. If l multiplexer reliability is on the same order as the reliability of the supplying electrical division, or better, this type of separ-l
! ation probab1y is not worth the effort.
i Redunda'nt points terminated to the same multiplexer should be connected to different termination boards in that multiplexer.
This type of separation ensures that a board failure will affect only one of the redundant field inputs. Multiplexer design allows replacement of a single board without having to take the entire
[ multiplexer out of service, therefore, the redundant field input points (s) remain available during replacement of a failed board.
The SPDS will be able to display accurate data following failure of a single board. Validation of the redundant input data points is performed by the PMIS and the SPDS. As described in Section 2, a Not-Valid Indicator (i.e., the characters "NV") will be ,
displayed adjacent to bar charts, trend plots, x-y plots or current values that present calculated data, when the 3-37
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 contributing input points fail prescribed validation checks. This - _
status information will alert the operators to the possible loss
. of a redundant field input. -_
It should be emphasized, however, that there are no NRC separation require-ments that are specifically applicable to the SPDS, other than the generally applicable Class 1E separation requirements which are met by the PMIS. '
b
]
.]
9
]
.J l
J s a sb
! I J
J l
s l
4 3-38 ,
t
503-8500000-78 (R;v. 2) 2/1/85 1
" - . j
- 4. WARNING AND ALARM LIMITS FOR KEY PLANT VARIABLES 4.1 WARNING AND ALARM LIMITS l A summary is presented in Table 4-1 of the limiting conditions for operation (LC0), limiting safety system settings (LSSS), and_ other operating limits that are applicable to variables used by the SPDS. The source of each warning or alarm limit is identified. Table 4-1 is a comprehensive source listing from which warning and alarm limits were
, selected for variables used by the SPDS. Many of the limit.s listed in Table 4-1 do not appear in the SPDS or in the PMIS data base, but are included in the table for information only.
The PMIS data base allows the following warning and alarm limits to be specified for an analog, pseudo-analog or external (real) data point:
Alarm high (HALM)
- Warning high (HWRN)
Warning low (LWRN)
Alarm low (LALM) .
These warning and alarm limits can be redefined in the PMIS data bas'e for each of the following plant modes:
- Run (mode 1)
Startup (mode 2)
- Refuel (mode 3)
Shutdown (mode 4)
- Up to 16 warning and alarm constants can be defined for each analog, pseudo-analog or external (real) variable in the PMIS data base. Table 4-2 lists the warning and alarm constants that should be used in the PMIS data base for variables that are used directly by the SPOS (i.e., to drive a bar i
chart, trend or x-y plot, or a status indicator). The format of the warning and alarm listing in Table 4-2 is similar to the format of a listing of the l
4-1 i
503-8500000-78 (R;v. 2)
- 2/1/85 ,
PMIS data base. This should facilitate the verificatiton of the warning and '
alarm limits in the PMIS data base record for each variable.
In a few cases, the applicability of warning and alarm limits in Table 4-2 is different than that listed in Table 4-1. In those cases, a RUN mode limit listed in Table 4-1 has been applied to all plant modes in Table _
4-2 because no other limits were identified for other plant modes but engineering judgement indicated that the RUN limit could reasonably be extended to other plant modes.
Selected warning and alarm limits listed in Table 4-2 appear as annota'.ed " tic-marks" on SPDS bar charts, trend plots or x-y plots. The specific tic-marks included in each display are listed in Sections 7, 8 and
- 9. ;
}
I
- . g th 3
J j
4-2 I
~
503-8500000-78 (R2v. 2) 2/1/85 o
Table 4-1. Instrument Ranges, Normal Operating Limits and Warning / Alarm Limits.
Variable Instrument Operating / Warning / Plant Affected Name Range Alarm Limit
. Variable (LSS 2.1.A.1 1 B002,
& LCO 3.1) 8003, 20% (LCO 3.3.B.3) 1,2 8004,
,. 15% (LSS 2.1.A.1 & 2,3,4 B005 LC0 3.1) 2.5% (LC0 3.1) 1,4 Average APRM Same as above Same as above SPDS0008 SRM log 10-1 to 106 cps None N040, count rate , N041, N042, N043 Average SRM Same as above Same as above SPD50013, SPDS0014 RPV level 0 to 60 in 58.5 in (LC0 3.2.B) 1,2 8021, narrow range 42.5 in (OPLIM) 1,2 N011, 27.5 in (OPLIM) 1,2 N012 12.5 in (LSS 2.1.A.2 All
& LCO 3.1)
Average narrow Same as above Same as above SPDS0019 range RPV level RPV level -150 in to 58.5 in (LCO 3.2.B) 1,2 G032, wide range 60 in 42.5 in (OPLIM) 1,2 G033 27.5 in (OPLIM) 1,2 12.5 in (LCO 3.2.8) All
& LC0 3.1)
' -37 in (LCO 3.2.A) All
-145.5 in (LSS 2.1.8 All
& LC0 3.2.A)
Average wide Same as above Same as above SPOS0023 range RPV level 4-3
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
Table 4-1. Instrument Ranges, Normal Operating Limits and Warning / Alarm Limits (continued). _
Variable Instrument Operating / Warning / Plant Affected Name Range Alarm Limit
- Mode ** Point ID i
RPV level fuel -100 in to -39 in (2/3 core All N009, zone range 200 in height) N010 Average FZ Same as above Same as above All SPDS0027 range RPV .
. level t
HPCI flow 0 to 5000 gpm 4250 gpm (SR 4.5.C) All N002 3
400 gpm (LCO 3.2.B) All
~
- RCIC flow 0 to 500 gpm 400 gpm (SR 4.5.0) All N003 40 gpm (LC0 3.2.8) All Core spray 0 to 6000 gpm 4720 gpm (SR 4.5 A) All N000,
- flow N001 ..
1 i RHR flow 0 to 30,000 gpm 23,100 gpm (OPLIM) All N004,
) ,
15,000 gpm (SR 4.5.A) All N005 .
8,400 gpm (SR 4.5.A) All -
7,700 gpm (SR 4.5.A) All ,
2,500 gpm (LC0 3.2.8) All l 8 . .
j RPV pressure O to 1500 psig 1240 psig (LSS 2.2.1.C) 1 N013, 1120 psig (LCO 3.2.G) 1,2,4 - N014 1 1080 psig to 1100 psig . .]
l . (LSS 2.2.1.8) 1 l 1045 psig (LSS 2.2.1.A All ]
& LC0 3.1) "
1025 psig (LCO 3.2.8) 1 1015 psig (LCO 3.2.8) 1 .
1005 psig (SAR) All !
i 875 psig (LC0 3.2.B) 1 .3 825 psig (LSS 2.1.A.6) 1 4 450 psig (LCO 3.2.8) 1 1 425 psig E0P C1) 4
1 i 200 psig LCO 3.7.A.1) 4 100 psig E0P C1) 4 ,
4 113 psig LCO 3.5.E) 3,4 i
. 75 psig LSS 2.2.2 & 3,4 a i LCO 3.2.A) ,
Average RPV Same as above Same as above SPOS0030 .
pressure 4-4
_ _ . . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ . , . . _ . , _ . . , . - _ _ _ . . . _ _ _ ___-_-._,r , . - _ _ _ . . _-
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 l
l
. Table 4-1. Instrument Ranges, Normal Operating Limits and ;
Warning / Alarm Limits (continued). 1 l
Variable Instrument Operating / Warning / Plant Affected Name Range Alarm Limit
- Mode ** Point ID Drywell pres- -5 to +5 psig 2 psig (LC0 3.1) All N017, sure narrow 1.45 psig (OPLIM) All N018 range Average narrow Same as above Sdme as above SPDS0043 range dry-well pressure Drywell pres- O to 80 psia 16.7 psia (LC0 3.1) All F084, sure mid- 16.2 psia (OPLIM) F085 range
. Average mid- Same as above Same as above All SPDS0045 range drywell l pressure 1
l Drywell tem- O to 400*F 185'F (OPLIM) All M161, M162, perature, 160*F (OPLIM) All and M163 individual points Drywell tem- 50 to 300*F Same as above N276, N277 perature, .
J. individual points ,
Maximum 50 to 400*F Same as above SPDS0051 drywell ,
temperature Drywell 0 to 10% 2.5% (OPLIM) All T122 hydrogen ,
concentration Calculated 0 to 25% 4% (LC0 3.7.A.4) 1,2 SPDS0090, drywell (over 3 inst. SPDS0091, oxygen ranges) SPDS0092, concentration SPDS0100 Calculated Same as above Same as above SPDS0069 torus oxygen concentration Drywell floor 0 to 150 gpm None All N059, sump pump flow N060 4-5
)
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 , ',
Table 4-1. Instrument Ranges, Normal Operating Limits and Warning / Alarm Limits (continued).
i s
Variable Instrument Operating / Warning / Plant Affected Name Range Alarm Limit
- Mode ** Point ID 1
Supp. pool 0 to 2500F 120*F (LC0 3.7.A.1) 1 SPDS0055, ,
sector 110*F (LC0 3.7.A.1) 1 SPDS0056, i temperature 105'F (LCO 3.7 A.1) 1 SPDS0057, 95'F (LC0 3.7.A.1) 1 SPDS0058, SPDS0059, -I SPDS0060, SPDS0061, '
SPDS0062
.l Average Same as above Same as above SPDS0063 supp pool -
temperature .
4 Suppression 0 to 30 ft 9.17 ft (OPLIM) All N019, .
pool water 8.88 ft (OPLIM) All N020 i l level, wide e -
i range t
Avg supp pool 0 to 30 ft Same as above SPDS0065 water level, wide range -
High range 100 to 107 30 rad /hr (OPLIM) All N063 drywell Rad /hr 15 rad /hr (0PLIM) All ,
l airlock area .
l rad, monitor J ERP effluent 10-4 to 106 All rad monitor, uC1/sec 2.21x104 (OPLIM) 2.21x103 (OPLIM) All N079, SPDS0070 ;
]
normal range A0G & RW 10-3 to 107 3.80x103 (0PLIM) A'l l N073, !
effluent uC1/sec 3.80x102 (OPLIM) All SPDS0072 "
rad monitor normal range i l '
- Rx bldg 10-3 to 107 4.29x103 (OPLIM) All N074, effluent rad uCi/sec 4.20x102 (OPLIM) All SPDS0074 ;
monitor, normal range Turbine bldg 10-3 to 107 4.60x103 All N069, ,!
effluent rad uCi/sec 4.60x102((0PLIM)
OPLIM) All SPDS0076 a monitor, normal range i, 4-6
, .)
e 503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) -
2/1/85 Table 4-1. Instrument Ranges, Normal Operating Limits and Warning / Alarm Limits (continued).
Variable Instrument Operating / Warning / Plant Affected Name Range Alarm Limit
- Mode ** Point ID SJAE effluent 1.00 to 109 3.52x105 (OPLIM) All SPDS0078, rad monitor uC1/sec 6.75x104 (OPLIM) All SPDS0081 Main steam 0 to 600'F 300*F (OPLIM) All M186 to SV and SRV M188, tailpipe T139 to temperature T149 The LC0 alarm or trip settings are stated in one of the following sources:
LSS = Limiting Safety Systems Settings (See Cooper Tech Specs)
LCO = Limiting Condition for Operdtion (See Cooper Tech Specs)
SR = Surveillance Requirement (See Cooper Tech Specs)
E0P = Emergency Operating Procedures
~
OPLIM = Operating Limit Specified by NPPD Note that references to the Tect Specs only include the first occur-rence of the LC0 or SR limit. The limit may also be referenced in other Sections of the Tech Specs.'
- Plant mode: 1 = RUN 2 = STARTUP 3 = REFUEL 4 = SHUTOOWN ,
I
'4-7
503-8500000-78 (Rav. 2) 2/1/85 -
Table 4-2. Summary of Warning and Alarm Limits for Data Points Used Directly by SPDS. .
Alarm Warning Warning Alarm Variable Plant High High Low Low (Units) Point ID Mode * (HALM) (HWRN) (LWRN) (LALM)
APRM B000, 1 120 100 - -
(%) B001, 2 15 - - -
B002, 3 15 - - -
8003, 4 15 - - -
8004, B005, ,
SPDS0008 SRM SPDS0014 1 - - - -
(cps) 2 - - - -
3 - - - - i 4 - - - -
SRM l (logarithm) SPDS0013 1 - - - -
2 - - - -
~
3 - - - -
4- - - - -
.h RPV Level 8021, 1 58.5 42.5 27.5 12.5 Narrow Range N011, 2 - - - 12.5 i l (inches) N012, 3 - - -
12.5 .
I SPDS0019 4 - - - 12.5 RPV Level G032, 1 58.5 42.5 27.5 12.5 Wide Range G033, 2' - - -
12.5 (inches) SPDS0023 3 - - -
12.5 ,
4 - - -
12.5 !
..t RPV Level N009, 1 - -
191.7 176.7 FZ Range N010, (inches) SPDS0027
, 2 - - - 176.7 '}
' 3 - - -
176.7 j 4 - - -
176.7 RPV Level SPDS0029 1 575.3 559.3 544.3 529.3 !
Mimic '
2 - - -
529.3 (inches) 3 - - -
529.3 ,
4 - - -
529.3 1 J
4-8
.u-
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 Table 4-2. Summary of Warning and Alarm Limits for Data Points Used Directly by SPDS (continued).
Ala rm Warning Warning Alarm Variable Plant High High Low Low (Units) Point ID Mode * (HALM) (HWRN) (LWRN) (LALM)
RPV Pressure N013, 1 1045 1005 825 825 (psig) N014, 2 1045 1005 - -
SPDS0030 3 1045 1005 - -
4 1045 1005 - -
Drywell SPDS0043 1 2.00 1.45 - -
Pressure 2 2.00 1.45 - -
Narrow Range 3 2.00 1.45 - -
(psig) 4 2.00 1.45 - -
Drywell SPDSQ045 1 16.7 16.2 - -
Pressure 2 16.7 16.2 - -
Mid-Range 3 16.7 16.2 - -
(psia) 4 16.7 16.2 - -
Maximum SPDS0051 1 185 160 - -
Drywell 2 185 160 - -
Temperature. 3 185 160 - -
(*F) 4 185 160 - -
Drywell T122 1 2.5 - - -
Hydrogen 2 2.5 - - -
1 Concentration 3 2.5 - - -
(%) 4 2.5 - - -
Drywell SPDS0090, 1 4.0 - - -
0xygen SPDS0091, 2 4.0 - - -
Concentration SPDS0092, 3 - - - -
(%) SPDS0100 4 - - - -
Torus SPDS0069 1 4.0 - - -
0xygen 2 4.0 - - -
Concentration 3 - - - -
(%) 4 - - - -
Average SPDS0063 1 110 95 - -
Supp. Pool 2 110 95 - -
Temperature 3 110 95 - -
(*F) 4 110 95 - -
4-9 -
4 v , -
l 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
Table 4-2. Summary of Warning and Alarm Limits for Data Points Used Directly by SPDS (continued). ,
l Alarm Warning Warning Alarm Variable Plant High High Low Low (Units) Point ID Mode * (HALM) (HWRN) (LWRN) (LALM)
Supp. Pool SPDS0055, 1 110 95 - -
Sector SPDS0056, 2 110 95 - -
Temperature SPDS0057, 3 110 95 - -
(*F) SPDS0058, 4 110 95 - -
SPDS0059, SPDS0060, SPDS0061, ;
SPDS0062 ,
Supp. Pool SPDS0065 1 13.17 - - 12.88 Water Level, '
2 13.17 - - 12.88 Wide Range 3 13.17 - -
12.88 ,.
(feet) 4 13.17 - - 12.88 Containment SPDS0067 1 - - - -
Water Level, 2 - - - - ,
Wide Range 3 - - - -
~.
(feet) 4 - - - -
SV and SRV M186 to 1 300 - - - '
Tailpipe l M188, 2 300 - - - '
Temperature T139 to 3 300 - - -
(*F) T149, 4 300 - - -
HPCI Flow N002 1 - - -
400 (gpm) 2 - - - 400 !
3 - - - 400 ' l 4 - - - 400 RCIC Flow N003 1 - - - 40 '!
(gpm) 2 - - -
40 J 3 - - -
40 4 - - - 40 )'
d Core Spray N000, 1 - - - -
Flow (gpm) N0'31 2 - - - - -
3 - - - -
4 - - - -
RHR Flow N004, 1 - - - -
(gpm) N005 2 - - - - --
3 - - - -
4 - - - -
~i 4-10 ,
s
503-8500000-78 (R:v. 2) 2/1/85 Table 4-2. Summary of Warning and Alarm Limits for Data Points Used Directly by SPDS (continued).
Alarm Warning Warning Alarm Variable Plant High High Low Low (Units) Point ID Mode * (HALM) (HWRN) (LWRN) (LALM) .
Drywell Floor N059, 1 - - -
10 Sump Pump N060 2 - - -
10 Flow (gpm) 3 - - -
10 4 - - -
10 Containment N063 1 30 15 - -
Radiation 2 30 15 - -
(Rad /hr) 3 30 15 - -
4 30 15 - -
Containment SPDS0082 1 1.48 1.18 - -
Radiation 2 1.48 1.18 - -
(logarithm) 3 1.48 1.18 - -
4 1.48 1.18 - -
ERP N079 1 2.21E4 '2.21E3 - -
Effluents 2 2.21E4 2.21E3 - -
(uCi/sec) 3 2.21E4 2.21E3 - -
4 2.21E4 2.21E3 - -
ERP SPDS0070 1 4.34 3.34 - -
Effluents 2 4.34 3.34 - -
(logarithm) . 3 4.34 3.34 - -
4 4.34 3.34 - -
A0G & RW N073 1 3.80E3 3.80E2 - -
Effluents 2 3.80E3 3.80E2 -
(uCi/sec) 3 3.80E3 3.80E2 - -
4 3.80E3 3.80E2 - -
A0G & RW SPDS0072 1 3.58 2.58 - -
Effluents 2 3.58 2.58 - -
(logarithm) 3 3.58 2.58 - -
!. 4 3.58 2.58 - -
Rx Bldg N074 1 4.29E3 4.29E2 - -
l Effluents 2 4.29E3 4.29E2 - -
l (uCi/sec) 3 4.29E3 4.29E2 - -
! 4 4.29E3 4.29E2 - -
l l
l l
4-11
i 503-8500000-78 (Rev. ,, 2/1/85 ,
.- l Table 4-2. Summary of Warning and Alarm Limits for Data Points Used Directly by SPDS (continued).
Alarm Warning Warning Alarm '
Variable Plant High High Low Low (Units) Point ID Mode * (HALM) (HWRN) (LWRN) (LALM)
Rx Bldg SPDS0074 1 3.63 2.63 - -
Effluents 2 3.63 2.63 - -
(logarithm) 3 3.63 2.63 - -
4 3.63 2.63 - -
Turb. Bldg N069 1 4.60E3 4.60E2 - -
Effluents 2 4.60E3 4.60E2 - -
(uC1/sec) 3 4.60E3 4.60E2 - -
4 4.60E3 4.60E? - -
Turb. Bldg SPOS0076 1 3.66 2.66 - -
Effluents 2.66 2 3.66 - -
(logarithm) 3 3.66 2.66 - -
4 3.66 2.66 - -
SJAE SPDS0078 1 3.52E5 6.75E4 - -
Effluents 2 3.52E5 6.75E4 - -
(uC1/sec) 3 3.52ES. 6.75E4 - - j 4 3.52E5 6.75E4 - -
SJAE SPDS0081 1 5.55 4.83 - - !
Effluents 2 5.55 4.83 - -
(logarithm) 3 5.55 4.83 - -
4 5.55 4.83 - -
- Plant mode: 1 = Run .,
~
2 = Startup 3 = Refuel ,
4 = Shutdown
]
_J j 4-12 ,
, _j l
e 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
- 4.2 GUIDELINES FOR MAINTAINING WARNING AND ALARM LIMITS In actual practice, warning and alarm limits for CNS instrumenta-tion systems are set at values different than the LC0, LSSS, or operating i limit values. As shown in Figure 4-1, an operating margin is imposed to allow for instrument drift, minor operational errors, and fluctuations in process or control characteristics. The resulting operating limit causes the instrument to generate warnings and alarms at some conservative increment before the technical specification or operating limit is reached.
There are two basic approaches for establishing and maintaining SPDS warning and alarm limits in the PMIS data base. The first approach is to use the technical specification and operating limits to establish the actual warning and alarm limits in the PMIS data base. These setpoints essentially are treated as constants, and are revised only when changes are made in the technical specifications or other plant operating references.
This approach simplifies maintenance of the PMIS data base, but may result in inconsistencies between control room alarms and SPDS-generated alarms.
The second approach is to use actual instrument settings as the basis for establishing the warning and alarm limits in the PMIS data base.
These setpoints ' essentially are treated as " variables" (or rather frequently changed constants), and data base changes are required to match any setpoint
! changes identified during surveillance or maintenance of the instrumentation systems. This approach reduces or eliminates inconsistencies between control room instrumentation and SPDS-generated alarms, but requires greater efforts to ensure the continuing integrity of the PMIS data' base. It is particularly important to note that changing the warning and alarm limits of a field input data point may affect the corresponding limits of SPDS composed points which use the field input point (i.e., healthy averages, healthy maximums, logarithms and external (real)-points). Table 4-3 ,
provides a summary of the SPDS analog composed points that are affected by changes of field input point warning a~nd alarm limits in the PMIS data base.
,, If NPPD chooses the first approach for establishing and maintaining'SPDS warning and alarm limits, infrequent data base changes are expected. Maintenance of the PMIS data base'can be accommodated using established procedures. If the second approach is chosen by NPPD, the utility will need to ensure that PMIS data base integrity is not impaired -
by: (a) the more frequent updating of warning and alarm limits for field 4-13
1 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 .
input points, and (b) the maintenance of warning and alarm limits for affec'ted SPDS composed points. ;
l ,
' i
.p s
i.
i I
f
+%
a 1
l i ...
- .1-0
)
t
.g i
4
.J l
l .J l
e i l
i l ,
d i
4 14 '
i b_ - _ , . . _ . , . . _ , ., _ . _ _ _ . , ._
. 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 1
l
> Denger Zone Unsocoptable consequences may occur.
)
3 r ANowenes for U. _ z i c, h Onnet af Damage or Consequeness Safety Limit 3
f Sdety Mergin Allowance for control or safety system action plus calibration uncertainties and Limiting Safety System j instrument inaccuracies.
Setting (LSSS) 3
> Operating Margin Necessary to allow for instrument drift, minor operational errors, and fluctuations in ,
process or control characteristics.
j Normal Operating Limit ,
- Zone of Normed Operation 1
Figure 4-1. Limits on Safety Variables.
4-15 1
9 503-8500000-78 (Rav. 2) 2/1/85 .
Table 4-3. Summary of SPDS Composed Points That are Affected by Changes of Field Input Point Warning and Alarm Limits in the PMIS Data Base.
Analog Field Related SPDS Input Points Composed Points Relationship B000, B002, B004 SPDS00006 HMAX SPDS00008 HAVE (of HMAX)
B001, B003, B005 SPDS0007 HMAX ,
SPDS0008 HAVE (of HMAX) -
8021, N011, N012 SPDS0019 HAVE ;
F084, F085 SPDS0045 HAVE G032, G033 SPDS0023 HAVE e SPDS0029 . EXTR _,
M161, M162, M163, SPDS0051 HMAX N276, N277 N009, N010 SPDS0027 HAVE l SPDS0029 EXTR N013, N014 SPDS0030 HAVE N017, N018 SPDS0043 HAVE 1
N019, N020 SPDS0065 HAVE .
N021, N022 SPDS0067 HAVE 3 N023, NO31 SPDS0055, SPDS0063 HAVE N024, NO32 SPDS0056, SPDS0063 HAVE l
.a N025, NO33 SPDS0057, SPDS0063 HAVE N026, N034 SPDS0058, SPDS0063 HAVE j N027, NO35 SPDS0059, SPDS0063 HAVE ,
N028, NO36 SPDS0060, SPDS0063 "
HAVE N029, NO37 SPDS0061, SPDS0063 HAVE N930, N038 SPDS0062, SPDS0063 HAVE l
4-16
,A
503-8500000-73 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
. Table 4-3. Summary of SPDS Composed Points That are Affected by Changes of Field Input Point Warning and Alarm Limits in the PMIS Data Base (continued).
Analog Field Related SPDS Input Points Composed Points Relationship N040, N041, N042, SPDS0014 HAVE N043 SPDS0013 LOG (of HAVE)
N061, N062, N065 SPDS0090, SPDS0091, SPDS0092 EXTR SPDS0100 HMAX SPDS0069 EXTR N063 SPDS0082 LOG N069 SPDS0076 LOG N073 SPDS0072 LOG N074 SPDS0074 LOG N079 SP.DS0070 LOG N082, N083 SPDS0078 EXTR SPDS0081 LOG (0F EXTR) 9 D
4-17
I J
f i
)
i Q
. l I
J B
9 t
O e
f e
6 0
e C
4-18 i
i
1 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
- 5. SAFETY FUNCTION INDICATORS All SPDS displays include in the SPDS Status Area (SSA) the five basic Safety Function Indicators (SFIs) of reactivity control, core cooling, coolant system integrity, containment integrity and radioactive release. The SFIs are the primary means of continuously providing the operator with an overview of the safety status of the plant, regardless of the SPDS display t,aing viewed.
The SFIs are shown as individual boxes along the bottom of each SPDS display, w'ith GREEN color fill for satisfactory conditions, YELLOW color fill for a warning' condition and RED color fill for a more serious alarm condition. A MAGENTA color fill is used to indicate that there is some problem associated with input data used to drive a Safety Function Indicator. A valid warning or alarm condition takes priority over an input data problem, therefore a MAGENTA color fill is superseded by a YELLOW or RED color fill that is based on healthy data. (See Section ? for a definition of healthy data.) The status o'f the safety function indicators are controlled by the following external (real) data points:
SFI External (Real) Point Reactivity Control SPDSBOX1 Core Cooling SPDSB0X2 Coolant System Integrity SPDSB0X3 Containment Integrity SPDSBOX4 Radioactive Release SPDSB0XS Each of the above listed data points has three allowed values: 0,1, and 2.
~
The color fill of an SFI is GREEN when the associated external (real) data -
point has a value of "O," (i.e., satisfactory conditions). When the associated data point has a value of "1," the color fill is YELLOW (i.e.,
warning condition) and when the value is "2," the color fill is RED (i.e.,
5-1
e 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
alarm condition). Tlie criteria for changing the color status of the Safety Function Indicators to MAGENTA, YELLOW, or RED are presented in this section in the form of logic trees. When these conditions do not exist, the color fill of the SFIs is GREEN. Warning and alarm limits associated with the SFI input variables are listed in Section 4. In the following text, the following abbreviations are used to denote warning and alarm limits:
- HALM = alarm high limit
- HWRN = warning high limit
- LWRN = warning low limit LALM = alarm low limit These are the quality codes that are assigned to variables when the associated limit check is failed (see Sechion 2).
4 l
5-2
503-8500000-78 (R:v. 2) 2/1/85
. 5.1 REACTIVITY CONTROL SFI This SFI is YELLOW when the current value of any healthy APRM field input is greater than HWRN limit. At the present time, APRM HWRN is only defined for the RUN mode, thus this SFI can only be YELLOW in the RUN mode.
This SFI is RED when any of the following alarm conditions exist:
- Current value of any healthy APRM field input reaches the HALM limit for the respective plant mode.
- Current value of any healthy APRM field input is greater than the downscale trip setpoint (2.5%), in the RUN on SHUTDOWN mode,
~
following a scram demand signal. If this condition persists, it is indicative of a failure to scram.
This SFI indicates the existence of an input data validation problem by changing to MAGENTA when any of the following conditions occur, and the SFI is not otherwise required to be YELLOW or RED:
No healthy APRM field input data is ava'ilable
- Scram demand s'ignal status is not known at e time when reactor power is above the downscale trip setpoint (2.5%)
The logic diagrams which detail the operation of the reactivity control SFI are shown in Figures 5-1 to 5-3.
9 5-3
E Y
. 8 g-REACT 1VITY
?
control 5 2 E
1eu M
- E' b _~
em AM HENTH nrm >Hwa r
" m I I I I I I gooo > M g Bool >lkd N SooL > HwM Boo 3 >NW M?M M>M R
C 8
Figure 5-1. Criteria for YELLOW Reactivity Control SFI.
T
o
' &CACTIVITy w t ser Cougr O
l N
l l ii<
wx 8 -
- ngAlf I& pf Tsc1!
SET?omT U b1otc AFTex. W I I ANY NtNTHf Nem 2 datm AM1 ACM TIV AMs >2 51 NjfM kg*l$g
,,se
, gogg ,3 f f em em 9
l l l l l l gua Murlewy Nan 2tMis Bool ?Mm Boo 1- z Hka B000k2.5 5001 2 2.s Boot 2 2.s 3, t _,,, 3 zgg ,,y ,4 I I I I Boo 3 2 M M BWl % HALM ED05 L tik k B003 ? 2.s Eco$225 boos 2 25 C
8 i
Figure 5-2. Criteria for RED Reactivity Control SFI.
KMcnvIr/ $.
course. ser InMenrA @
() -
8 ,
Y II ~
i l 9
.INPnT M5 SFI Nor ?
}1toBLEM YElloU OR- w AEb -
v I I No HEALTHf scgAm STAM dt*Rm MTA pot
- trawAl m
6 (3 r) ii I I I i swa Book am2- Ruots M t M ALrnf.
Nor neAtroy Nor Huant Ne HcAtrtif nor HenrHf APRm > ts>
I I l R hoe hwi Boc T 5=
Nor WAny Nor #cAtrisy nor #cAtr81 l l l l l l B000>23 bcol > 26 B002 > 23 Bw3 y 23 8004 >1.3 boos >2 5-i
~
! Figure 5-3. Crite:ia for f1AGENTA Reactivity Control SFI.
~
503-8500000-78 (Rav. 2) 2/1/85 5.2 CORE COOLING SFI This SFI is YELLOW when. the current value of any narrow range or wide range RPV water level field inputs drops to LWRN, or increases to HWRN.
There are three narrow range field input points: 8021, N011 and N012. The two wide range field input points are G032 and G033.
This SFI is RED when the current value of any narrow range or wide range RPV water level field input drops to LALM, or increases to HALM. This SFI indicates the existence of a data validation problem by changing to MAGENTA if any narrow range or wide range RPV water level field input is not healthy.
The logic diagrams which detail the operation of the core cooling SFI are shown in Figures 5-4 to 5-6.
e 9
b 4
5-7 8
\
l
(n 8
caer &
CcouuG SFI o Yeaew 8 o
b '
m T S l l t RtvklATEK RW WArcR Et LEWL LAW [6W1. NWtf em em u,
M1IkALYNf ANfHEALTMy 6 NR.on WK NR. ck WAL LBEL 4 Liel UlvELhflMtA em e~
l I .
I I 8tet & LHtM Nolt &L4M . Aiol2 LMd 60212 Mn Moit t tlusa N012i M 6032.6 L 4 d 6035SLMM G032 % HMM 6013*IkMA $
s Figure 5-4. Criteria'for YELLOW Core Cooling SFI.
9
______._________0._
8 Y
coer a Gxw&- SFI 8 Reb 8 O
O .
b T $
I I RPV Warm gw wara Et LEWL & Leva. Hwn f f\
-s -s i
? My Henny Aw HULTW w NR 08 WR NtokMt Leva 4lAls LEWL h MLA
.w -%
1 I I , l 802L GLhtm Noli G LNA N012.6LALM $02LhHfuk N0$$'l OdLk N012ZHkk 6o32 6 LAM Go334 LNA 6c32 z #4A 6c33 2 #he a
Figure 5-5. Criteria for RED Core Cooling SFI.
8 w
l N 8
8 O
b 3
Corec $
CoouMr SFE
- knGENTA ,
2 (3
II I I No IIEALTHf SFE W NR. OR UK Jtum OR.
u, RPV LEMEL SEb 8 (D I I l l 8021 No11. No.(2. Go Go33 net IkALT$f net NEALTitj Nor McALTN NOT* W)2 Ttt/ NoT W LTHf R
Figure 5-6. Criteria for MAGENTA Core Cooling SFI.
D
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 l
, 5.3 COOLANT SYSTEM INTEGRITY SFI l This SFI is YELLOW when any of the following warning conditions exist:
Either narrow-range drywell pressure field input (N017, N018) increases to HWRN I Either RPV pressure field input (N013, N014) increases to HWRN when the Residual Heat Removal (RHR) system is isolated from the RPV. Isolation is indicated by at least one RHR shutdown cooling suction line isolation valve being closed, as indicated by digital field input points N806 and/or N807 Containment area radiation level (N063) increases to HWRN This SFI is RED if any of the following alarm conditions exist:
Either narrow range drywell pressure field input increases to HALM
- RPV pressure ir. creases to HALM or decreases to LALM when the RHR system is isolated from the RPV RPV ' pressure increases to 75 psig when the RHR system is aligned to the RPV. Alignment of the RHR sy' stem is indicated by both shutdown cooling suction isolation valves being open. Note that the 75 psig limit is dependent on the alignment of the RHR system, therefore is not specified as a warning / alarm limit in the PMIS data base. The RHR system is only aligned to the RPV during SHUTDOWN or REFUELING plant modes Containment area radiation level increases to HALM A Group 1 isolation demand occurs in the RUN or STARTUP plant mode Any Main Steam Isolation Valve (MSIV) closes in the RUN or STARTUP plant mode Any Safety Relief Valve (SRV) or Code Safety Valve (SV) opens l
l 5-11
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 This SFI indicates the existence of a data validation problem by .
~
changing to MAGENTA if insufficient healthy data exists to determine the current conditions of the following:
- .Drywell pressure
- RPV pressure RHR system isolation status ~ -
Containment area radiation level Group 1 isolation demand status MSIV status SRV and SV status
- The logic diagrams which detail the operation o'f the coolant system integrity SFI are shown in Figures 5-7 to 5-9.
{
4 G
o
=
S i
5-12 i
1 8-Y' 5 .
8 '
coaAur sys 8
.74TC&RITy.5FI ?
y Yeum f\ S em
~
I I peyweu_ gy Conwmur HIGH HIGtt QMfMMTioM PeeSSURE PRESStat Levet l [\
0 #
m T I1
.L I I I l
~ Rtg SfMM hvHEALTM HM % llMSA fJ617%iktel N012 % WN PPV /kmutC LsotATEb 2 Hw89 Fem !!V e e i I I l Nal32: IMpos Nol4 Eltoni N206 = $ kJto7 c @
R Cm m
Figure 5-7. Criteria for YELLOW Coolant System , Integrity SFI.
i
8 1 y i
cauur sys =
Drrsdify &I 8 i
' AEb b b 9
T -
I I I I I l 4 I I 2 RPV Hwn RPV Lau ,y HwH beineu. ANY SRV or CaorkumNr 1
bennb nao fyey An Pnessute, ftRImAreb
?nessuet, 8HRImNeb
, nesswe tette ALMMb Hwa htessU$C Case SArert QL.W CttN Ib*H RmAnw fgg, A A "
A A A
-~
n n
- ~
. l l ffue 2MM N?e?
FWes APV No17 ?HAlk NOJS kHfLM N063.?kNM b b e e No15? NAA Nal# it$m Mb6 = #807= p C
e Pn
- Figure 5-8. Criteria for RED Coolant System Integrity SFI. .
O
- * % e . .
e 8
Y' o>
8 8
Y 9m dW1 MTen ANf MSIV .
b AMb Cuseb ~
71 O \ O I
ll Il I I I Run cn. Aun At fTAg y N N"$ $4gmp $g ' SOS @b <S 0;
w
~
I I I w I JtuM STMTkt rum STntt%F IGL. Mate =L .lG L - M n E = L 1GL !*De =L .IGL.MeDEm2 i
R lR Figure 5-8. Criteria for RED Coolant System Integrity SFI (Continued).
~
8
'f m
8 8
8 b
9m o N FHR.Botmeb
\ f3 II I I kN WALTMf AM $W R/V hec 15utE .Z2otATED y & LALM fgm $Hg f\ f\
v v I I I I No.13 s talk N0146Lkm N8b6 = $ N@7=$
R Figure 5-8. Criteria for RED Coolant System Integrity SFI (Continued).
e
-Q
8 Y
~. 8
~
a k
9 ffV HIGH~ E heEWRC s f
/I T \
PHK Ale &NCk O
2 I I shrwa aeruy av p a .spra M /fefuc7- tecnwr 2 uGweo PobE 75 ps0 o . g pv L lb u
Y T' ll-1 I I l- i i Stkibowsl Rcruct.
IGL-rootaj NOl3 2 75 1001$3 75 N806 =L Njo7=j.
Rut m =J R
s E
Figure 5-8. Criteria for RED Coolant System Integrity SFI (Continued).
i
o 8u ,s 9@ - S RRPn e e
l t j n y e3r 6t m0 l
n wNy r
ubr oAo f CBp F T
Yt l 1n lk A r ye t I N
o I
l F I
S
. ] y H
N T L
t i
n r i I g lI k l
e
) *T No t
n To #
_ S u i n N I
N"
' AnL t
To ne m
e SoR
.l l t
y r
e E%
H7 VDr KPSo s
H S s
y -
s qNs s. m S N
- L T
t 7en n n
meC A e6 n~
l hi t l a
t eA m Nro o a mHJ s n n o r w ,A l
C c1 A so l
M m. % mk n I A l
T rm u
e Tu r 8so I
N E
wh / G r 9N N T
t A
i t
l 6e n r 0ll o 1 f s f NTo u n a r N nMr i
e- r l
r n e S Mk t i.
vMro s
5 WT C r
%SN t
L .
1@
1l l
0I 9 L e - Nro 5 4u .
' 7 s k e r
t p e -
u l
egf I g
(
I y i F
_ y f
porg* n i
L Sn l
Le ot i
o
. y n NTo l D 2 r. b l 3we LmH 5 .
br Mf G son .
r$ _
503-8500000-78'(R;v. 2) 2/1/85 5.4 CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY SFI ,
This SFI is YELLOW if any of the following warning conditions exist:
- Maximum drywell temperature (SPDS0051) increases to' HWRN
- Either narrow range drywell pressure field input (N017, N018) increases to HWRN
- Suppression pool average temperature (SPDS0063) increases to HWRN This SFI is RED if any of the following alarm conditions exist:
Maximum drywell temperature increases to HALM
- Either drywell pressure field input increases to HALM Suppression pool average temperture increases to HALM
- Maximum drywell oxygen concentration (SPDS0100) increases to HALM Suppression chamber oxygen concentration (SPOS0069) increases to HALM -
- Suppression pool water level (SPDS0065) increases to HALM or decreases to LALM This SFI indicates the existence of a data validation problem by changing to MAGENTA if insufficient healthy data exists to determine the current conditions of the following:
Drywell temperature Drywell pressure -
Suppression pool temperature Suppression pool water level Drywell oxygen concentration Suppression chamber oxygen concentration The logic diagrams which detail the operation of the containment integrity SFI are shown in Figures 5-10 to 5-12.
l 5-19
m S
e 8
8 8
b 9
GarAnoeur <
DTEGRETf SFL g Yew -
O em i I hafuca Mywcu. Sher. Aac.
HwIt HIGH HnN w EMPCMAME WESL4RC~ Tweenniunt-b b b b em y em I I Q) N0112 MM hil% tlkM *?&
R
' C 8?
Figure 5-10. Criteria for YELLOW Containment Integrity SFI.
e l
8 Y
8 8
o CoAJTAnncur
[NTEGRslySI n 8F0 E em I I I I I I
- fkJCLL b8] HELL M1WELL S u tt. C N a t. S ff, foot Suff. foot Suft,1%oc flIGH MIGH filGH On illRl 01. HIGH Low HIGH TEMPCFAT14E' PRES $U$C OwCENTgArm) CorXENTRATDs) TEkPERAMC (.EVEL LEVEL 9'
Ed em em em em /m <A em SPMoort Sib 5cloo 6Pbsoo69 drbioo63 6fM006T SP50045-2 H6LM h Khlh 2 HALM % dfLM $ LAt.M 2 flALM I I Nellt KhlM NOjf2 HN.M R
C 8
Figure 5-11. Criteria for RED Containment Integrity SFI.
O
8 Comtanw Y brE6kIG H 00
- AGlurn O g b
Ii g
I I INPurbA4 SFI MT YELw 9e ppscen -
feb 9
T .
I I I I I l Mm To+ N HeALDff VV h. TD+ [pff fool [$g, gyyggg g, ~pg y$ g T 51 ' IDi 0'3 S b5 o g 2057cAtrM/
Nor SSuc_ A"br fLN W
.5Pb5ce65-par gntrry por gupj S rb50061 y,7 gency (3 .
. II I I No17 N018 Nor <W Nor ihnLTtN R
C Figure 5-12. Criteria for tiAGENTA Containment Integrity SFI.
e
1 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
- i 5.5 RADI0 ACTIVE RELEASE SFI This SFI is YELLOW when the release rate from any of the following release points increase to HWRN:
- Elevated release point (N079)
A0G and RW (N073)
- Reactor building (N074)
- Turbine building (N069)
- Steam jet air ejector (SPDS0078)
When any of the release rates increase to HALM, this SFI turns RED. If the data point for any release rates is not healthy, a data validation problem exists, and this SFI turns MAGENTA.
The logic diagrams which detail the operation of the radioactive release SFI are shown in Figures 5-13 to 5-15.
O n
5 9
i 5-23
Y 8
8 o
8 Y
9 0
RAbenuc n
~
RELEASC &F.C
. Yeuow llUf RELMSE g lbirlT2tfMM i
=
I l l l Ef? A06#W No75 2 # @ j R>t&Mr pigd> 11%
TGgs W W No772 HutM AA4W.2# wen 41!c6co7f
..HanM R
D m
Figure 5-13. Cr.iteria for YELLOW Radioactive Release SFI.
l e
8 9'
8 8
'?
y 9
RAbMcTIVE n
BELEM5e ser -
BEb MfBE%%C m NINTkIM%
A f\,
I I I I ERP W SW fx bLbG- ]GM5 Btb& . SIRE N011h MkM N018% HMM M14% HM N%9 % likM U b50018 kilAun m
h Dm Figure 5-14. Criteria for RED Radioactive Release SFI.
0
3 Y
8 8
?
5 RhblehCTtuC E fELENC fFI .
V$KNTh ~
to (h
lI I I
.TNeur bem ser por Poetem Yewn
- Reb
, em Get hog lA6J ftx 6LbG- Tuss h w SIAE No71 No?3 Noh # 061 -965007F Nor HenLittf Nor titMLny Nor flCML N NOTMQLW) por flCRLTY){
R Figure 5-15. Criteria for HAGENTA Radioactive Release SFI.
0 9
- i, *. -
Q - -
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85
- 6. OTHER STATUS INDICATORS INCLUDED IN SPDS DISPLAYS l
The Safety Function Indicators (SFIs) described in Section 5 are the primary status indicators included in SPDS displays. Other status indicators that have been described in Section 2 are the Not-Valid Indicators (NVIs) and Downscale Indicators (DNSCIs) which perform data validation functions. The following additional status indicators also are used in the SPDS displays:
~
- Equipment Status Indicatcrs (ESIs)
E0P Limit Status Indicators (EOPSIs)
- System Alarm Area (SAA) Indicator Operation of these status iridicators are described in this section.
6.1 EQUIPMENT STATUS INDICATORS There are a total of thirty-nine dquipment Status indicato'rs that provide summary and status information on important systems or equipment.
l The operation of each ESI is described in this section, and a summary of all ESIs is presented in Table 6-1.
Color conventions used' for the ESIs were selected, to the extent practical, to present a " green board" appearance during normal power operation. Exceptions to this convention had to be made to accommodate the color coding conventions normally used to denote the ON/0FF status of pumps, the OPEN/ CLOSED status of valves and the IN/0UT status of the source range
~
mon 1 tors (SRM). The pump, SRM and some valve status indicators include a text field inside the ESI block to clearly specify the equipment status being displayed. The other valve status indicators are shaped like a " bow tie" to represent a valve in a mimic display. Therefore, their color coding should be readily interpreted.
6-1
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 ,
Table 6-1. Summary of Equipment Status Indicators.
Status Indicator Allowed Title States Condition Use 9
All APRM downscale Green SPDS0080 = 0 L2.1 Red SPDS0080 = 1 Magenta Validation failure Any APRM upscale Green A527 = 0 L2.1 ,
Red A527 = 1 .
Magenta A527 not healthy Any APRM inoperative Green A528 = 0 L2.1 Red A528 = 1 Magenta A528 not healthy ,
Any APRM bypassed Green SPDS0001 = 1 L2.1 l Red SPDS0001 = 0 ,
Magenta SPDS0001'not healthy SRM position Red "In" A519 = 0, mode 1 L2.1 Green "Out" A519 = 1, mode 1 Green "In" A519 = 0, mode: 2 to 4 Red "Out" A519 = 1, modes 2 to 4 Magenta A519 not healtry l Any SRM upscale Green A520 = 0 L2.1 Red A520 = 1 Magenta A520 not healthy Any SRM inoperative Green A521 = 0 L2.1
, Red A521 = 1 ;
Magenta A521 not healthy 'j Any SRM bypassed Green A533 = 1 L2.1 i Red .A533 = 0 Magenta A533 not healthy All rods in Green N5'0 2 = 0 L1.0, L2.1 Red N520 = 1 Magenta N520 not healthy Reactor scram Green SPDS0039 = 0 or 1 L1.0, L2.1 Red SPDS0039 = 2 Magenta Validation failure 6-2 1
4
, 503-8500000-78 (R:v. 2) 2/1/85 Table 6-1., Summary of Equipment Status Indicators (continued).
Status Indicator Allowed Title States Condition use 4
Group 1 iso demand Red _ SPD50032 = 1 (trip) _L2.3, L2.4
[ Green SPDS0032 = 0 (no demand)
Magenta Validation failure Group 2 iso demand Red SPDS0033 = 1 L2.3, L2.4 Green SPDS0033 = 0 .'
Magenta Validation failure Group 3 iso demand Red SPDS0034 = 1 L2.3, L2.4 Green SPDS0034 = 0 Magenta Validation failure Group 4 iso demand 'Red SPDS0035 = 1 L2.3, L2.4 Green SPDS0035 = 0
- . Magenta Validation failure l- Group 5 iso demand Red SP'S0036 D =1 L2.3, L2.4 l'~ Green SPDS0036 = 0 v Magenta Validation failure Group 6 iso demand Red SPDS0037 = 1 L2.3, L2.4 j Green SPDS0037 = 0
'r Magenta validation failure Group 7 iso demand Red SPD50038 = 1 L2.3, L2.4
- I Green SPDS0038 = 0 Magenta Validation failure
}l SRV A. Green SPDS0089 = 0 (closed) L2.4
- Red' SPDS0089 = 1 (open)
]' Magenta Validation failure
! SRV B Green SPDS0093 ='O L2.4 i >
Red . SPDS0093 =~1 Magenta Validation failure
' .l . SRV C Green SPDS0094 = 0 L2.4 I
Red SPDS0094 = 1 Magenta Validation failure ,
SRV D Green SPDS0095 = 0 L2.4 l Red SPDS0095 = 1 Magenta Validation failure i
I-i P
, 6-3
503-8500000-78 (R;v. 2) 2/1/85 ,
Table 6-1. Summary of Equipment Status Indicators (continued). ;
Status Indicator Allowed Title States Condition Use SRV E .
Green SPOS0096 = 0 L2.4 Red SPOS0096 = 1 Magenta Validation failure SRV F Green SPOS0097 = 0 L2.4 Red SPOS0097 = 1 Magenta Validation failure SRV G Green SPOS0098 = 0 L2.4 '
Red SPDS0098 = 1 Magenta /alidation failure SRV H Green SPDS0099 = 0 L2.4 Red SPOS0099 = 1 Magenta. Validation failure i
SV A Green SPDS0040 = 0 L2.4 Red SPOS0040 = 1 Magenta Validation failure SV B Green SPOS0041 = 0 L2.4 Red SPOS0041 = 1 Magenta Validation failure ;
i SV C Green SPOS0042 = 0 . L2.4 Red SPOS0042 = 1 ;
Magenta Validation failure SRY and SV status Green SPOS0050 = 0 L2.2, L2.3
" closed" Red SPOS0050 > 0 "open" Magenta Validation failure MSIV status Green SPOS0010 = 0 L2.2, L2.3
" closed" Yellow SPOS0010 = 1 Red SPOS0010 = 2 "open" -
Magenta Validation failure, 6-4 -
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 9
Table 6-1. Summary of Equioment Status Indicators (continued).
Status Indicator Allowed
, Title States Condition Use RHR pump 1A Green N861 = 0 L3.8, L3.15 "off" Red N861 = 1 "on" Magenta N861 not healthy RHR pump 18 Green N862 = 0 L3.8, L3.15 "off" Red N862 = 1 "on" Magenta N862 not healthy RHR pump IC Green N863 = 0 L3.8, L3.15 "off"
. Red N863 = 1 "on"
, Magenta N863 not healthy RHR pump ID Green N864 = 0 L3.8, L3.15 "off" Red N864 = 1 "on" Magenta N864 not healthy Core spray pump 1A Green, M578 = 0 L3.9, L3.15 "off" Red N578 = 1 "on" Magenta M578 not healthy Core spray pump 18 Green M580 = 0 L3.9, L3.15 "off" Red M580 = 1 "on" Magenta M580 not healthy
. HPCI pump Green SPDS0085 = 0 L2.4, L3.15 "off" Red SPDS0085 = 1 i
"on" Magenta Validation failure 6-5
503-8500000-78 (R;v. 2) 2/1/85 Table 6-1. Summary of Equipment Status Indicators (continued).
Status Indicator All owed Title States Condition Use RCIC pump Green SPDS0086 = 0 L2.4, L3.15 "off" Red SPDS0086 = 1 "on" Magenta Validation failure Drywell sump Green SPDS0054=0 L2.3 pump . "off" '
Red SPDS0054=1 '
"on" Magenta Validation failure F
-t 6
- J I
6-6
4 503-8500000-78 (R::v. 2) 2/1/85 6.1.1 Neutron Monitoring and Reactivity Control System ESIs There are ten ESIs that provide status information on the neutron monitoring and reactivity control systems.
displays.
6.1.1.1 All APRM Downscale ESI This ESI is controlled by external (real) point SPOS0080.
Processing le;ic for this data point, and for. the operation of this ESI is shown in Figure 6-1. The constant value of 2.5 percent shown in the logic
. diagram is the APRM downscale trip setpoint. This constant is not included as a warning or alarm limit in the PMIS data base definitions of any of the inputs to the SPOS0080 calculation. . The downscale trip setpcint does not ~
correspond to a high/ low warning or alarm limit of the type that can be defined in the PMIS data base, therefore, it is treated as a constant in the a,
SPDS0080 calculation. This ESI is displayed in RED when a downscale condition exists, otherwise it is GREEN.
6.1.1.2 Any APRM Upscale ESI This ESI is controlled by field input point A527. An APRM
" upscale" trip condition means that one of two trip systems in the Reactor Protection System (RPS) has been actuated by high APRM level. Both RPS trip systems nist be actuated to cause a scram. This ESI is RED when an upscale condition exists, otherwise it is GREEN.
6.1.1.3 Any APRM Inoperative ESI This ESI is controlled by field input point A528.
~
An APRM
" inoperative" condition means that one of two trip systems in the RPS has been actuated by virtue of being inoperative (i.e., an RPS f ailsafe design feature). This ESI is RED when an inoperative condition exists, otherwise
,, it is GREEN.
i
, 6-7 e
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 START' ~ MRM IN Pv' ;
StbSo08o C.MNNa. Fotav Ib CNcuLATiasI B Booi c Boo 2.
. b Boo 3 N* Y5 E 6x4
- rb$rs HEALTHl' F 5005 No c YO Ves APRM >2sz po N*
- 2 3 NRM STAns AT Leasr Au Nem
, CwlNeen O"[,g{*
y 6 LS%
n
.5PD3co8o SPDscogo
- =l l ,
SE Esr Esr VAGENTF GKetM pep e
Figure 6-1. Processing Logic for Point SPDS0080 and Oneration of the All APRM Downscale ESI.
6-8
. . . . . ~ - ._ .
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85
, 6.1.1.4 Any APRM Bypassed ESI This ESI is controlled by Boolean point SPDS0001 which,is a healthy OR of the following individual APRM channel bypass signals:
APRM Field Input Channel '
Point ID 1
A A535 B A536 C A537 0 A538 l E A539
). F AS40 1
i Based on the healthy OR calculation, this ESI indicates when any APRM channel is bypassed by changing to a RED color fill. When no APRMs are .
bypassed, this ESI is GREEN.
6.1.1.5 SRM Position ESI j This ESI'is controlled by field input point A519, and is used to
! indicate if the Source Range Monitors are inserted in the reactor core (A519
! = 0) or retracted (A519 = 1). The text "IN" appears in this ESI block when l the SRMs are inserted, and the text "OUT" appears .when the SRMs are retracted. When the plant is in the RUN mode, the SRMs are normally retracted, and this ESI is displayed in GREEN. If the SRMs are inserted in 4
the RUN mode, this ESI is displayed in RED to indicate that the SRMs are not
- t in their normal position for this plant mode. In the STARTUP, SHUTDOWN and i
REFUEL plant modes, it is a normal condition for the SRMs to be inserted.
In these plant modes, the SRM Position ESI is GREEN when the SRMs are inserted, and RED when they are retracted. This ESI is simply controlled by designating the alarm state for point A519 in the PMIS data base as follows:
(a) alarm state = 1 in mode 1, (b) alarm state = 0 in modes 2 to 4.
i j 6-9
--. - . ~ . . . . - . - . . - . . . - . - - . _ . . - . . . . - , . . . . . - - . . . - .
503-8500000-78 (Rcv. 2) 2/1/85 6.1.1.6 Any SRM Upscale ESI .
This ESI is controlled by field input point A520. An SRM
" upscale" trip condition performs a control rod block function, but is bypassed in the RUN plant mode. This ESI is displayed in RED when an i upscale condition exists, otherwise it is GREEN.
6.1.1.7 Any SRM Inoperative ESI This ESI is cr,ntrolled by field input point A521. An SRM inoperative condition causes a control rod block, but is bypassed in the RUN plant mode. This ESI is displayed in RED when an inoperative condition exists, otherwise it is GREEN.
6.1.1.8 Any SRM Bypassed ESI -
This ESI is controlled by field input point A533. When a bypass condition exists, this ESI is displayed in RED, otherwise it is GREEN.
6.1.1.9 All Rods In ESI This ESI is controlled by field input point N520. When all
- control rods are inserted, this ESI is displayed in RED, otherwise it is GREEN. -
Tlii s ESI is controlled by external (real) point SPDS0039.
Processing logic for this dat'a point, and for operation of this ESI is shown j in Figure 6-2. '
l l 6.1.2 RPV and Containment Isolation System ESIs There are seven RPV and containment isolation ESIs, one for each ,
isolation , group. Each ESI is driven by a Boolean point that is the healthy OR of the "A" and "B" isolation demand signals for the respective isolation ,
group, as follows:
6-10
2/1/85 1 503-8500000-78(Rev.2) 6 31 CALCUt.AT10M k pg 16 llEALnt) 6?D5m83= I i
Ao ScMm ScfAM Af6 i
Nof !"T SPbSoc20
/E1 He~3rny N N5 SPSScoso =@
s Au APRos or UMr
< y,5 y, ONe APSM
% 2 5%
SPD5239 SPb5m39 SPtsec33 SP:soo39 Nor MALTriY ,p ,L ,1 W EC ESE M GCMTn Ggggy pg5 Figure 6-2. Processing Logic for Point SPDS0039 and Operation of the Reactor Scram ESI.
~
6-11
[ _ _ _
503-8500000-78 (R:v.'2) 2/1/85 !
I Isolation Input "A" Input "B" ESI .
Group Point ID Point ID Driver 1 0554 0555 SPDS0032 2 N781 N782 SPDS0033 3 N783 N784 SPDS0034 4 N785 N786 SPDS0035 5 N787 N788 SPDS0036 6 N789 N790 SPDS0037 7 N791 N792 SPDS0038 When an isolation demand signal is present, the respective ESI' is RED (i.e.,
the associated actuation logic is in a tripped state). When the isolation i demand signal is absent, the respective ESI is GREEN (i.e., the associated actuation logic is in~ a normal state).
6.1.3 Valve Position ESIs There are thirteen ESIs that report the position of main steam s&fety relief valves (SRVs), code safety valves (SVs), and main steam isolation valves (MSIVs). The individual valve ESIs are displayed in GREEN when the respective valve is CLOSED, and in RED when the r.espective valve is OPEN.
6.1.3.1 Safety Relief Valve ESIs There are eight SRVs, designated "A" to "H", which are displayed '
as individual " bow-tie" valve mimics (i.e., similar in shape to valves in mimics on various control room panels). Each SRV mimic is controlled by its own external (real) data point, based on inputs from a valve position switch and a tailpipe temperature sensor. Processing logic for the SRV external ,
(real) data points, and for the operation of the SRV ESIs is shown in Figure 6-3.
6.1.3.2 Safety Valve ESIs
- There are three code safety valves, designated "A" to "C" which j are displayed as individual " bow-tie" valve mimics. Each SV mimic is controlled by its own external (real) data point, based on inputs from 6-12
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
- %S. k. We Mr 54V 6PbsMA Ltc A . runt 8 y
A SPD5 cots bsTC Tf4
.B SP05co13 Ds57 T10 c sposoony pr51 7 44 b Stesocir Mr1 flyr E 5%co% bsbo TI%
sinoa M TIq7 M* F EPb50097 Oss}
7pn'% & b56L GW S!bS0041 HeALTnf
- SPAicoii 0563 7141 Mo [ YES
'V"V YO No
%TM sPDscu t%sinen Jw gstrion sw NoTllEnLTHf rmacArts INotcArca SAV C%O .SRv otou No 7 Ycs TB fes pa 2 MAls SAV C0NFLtCTWr SAV Co eb am C Eb og SPbSMXX SPb1MM yAthtm re. -# 1 esr car Esr gn MA6tNTA GRCEN Figure 6-3. Processing Logic for Points SPD50089, SPD50093 to SPDS0099, and Operation of the SRV "A" to "H" ESIs.
6-13 l
- f. - - _ - - . . _
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 redundant tailpipe temperature sensors. There is no direct indication of SV .
position. The SPDS therefore displays an inferred valve position.
Processing logic for the SV external (real) data points, and for operation of the SV ESIs is shown in Figure 6-4.
6.1.3.3 SRY and SV Status ESI This ESI is controlled by external (real) point SPDS0050. It is intended to give an overview of SV and SRV status. Processing logic for data point SPDS0050, and for operation of this ESI is shown in Figure 6-5.
The text " CLOSED" appears in this ESI block when it is GREEN, and the text
~
"0 PEN" appears when it is RED.
~
This ESI is controlled by external (real) point SPDS0010. It is intended to provide an overview of NSIV status. Processing logic for data point SPDS0010, and for this ESI is shown in Figure 6-6. The text " CLOSED" a'ppears in this ESI block when it is GREEN, and the text "0 PEN" appears when it is RED. '
6.1.4 Pump Status ESIs -
There are nine ESIs that report the operating status of important pumps. A pump ESI is displayed in GREEN, with the text "0FF" inside the ESI block, when the respective pump is not running. The ESI is displayed in RED, with the text "0N" inside the ESI block, when the respective pump is running.
6.1.4.1 Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Pump ESIs There are four RHR pumps, designated 1A,1B, 2A and 28. Each pump ESI is controlled by a field input point as listed below:
6-14 i
. 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 Srmr 6AFETY , ThP ,
7%P, SPA 3MM VALE SPb5MM INNT A INPur &
Chu;uutTw) l
. A SPDScoqo mg Tili I
& SPDSco41 M127 TI'io l C SPbWz. miga Tl41 No Innt 4s HEATM i No gr 93 HerrH1 h i Mar HEALTHf
, YES fgh NO RENL T
, 8EN#4AF g MP Va i ' PolsITCHtCK INtu t' h FAILED 2 Mun j*.
g* TEMP cs I*f yn Dhr b Esrur s k Hk.m M* k HALM l
- To AC D eReATtW To BE i Cuieb OPeW f
i v a ,y sasx=x smsmx ,
m ee n .-t i
ESr Esr E5r MAGEN1h GMCEAJ flG i
! Figure 6-4. Processing Logic for Points SPDS0040 to SPOS0042 and Operation of the Safety Valve "A" to "C" ESIs.
, 6-15
, - , . , , . _ , -._-,-.n--, - - -.--- - ---.m-- -,-,-.- - - ,+
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 g g, DJPur geQ o VALVE femt ID - >
U "* " *
. SV
- A' SPbioc40
'S' SPbsoc41
'c' GPbsoch.
Any SRV'A' SPDsccN No. Mck.THYInhat Yo '6' S?bS0095 1 AvMaur "c " SPbsW l *b " sPbsco9r "C" SPbsec%
- 90500To =.. 7" SPMcc37 i
,i
[W) -
- G "
SfSSecc q S?hS#9 N
SPbsoaser, Y"
l.
spgoon ALL 4vs ArLasr AND 5RV Od' 'V 8#'
QuM=4 CAL CLoSEb l
64/ CPcN .
F M
ESr
- AGENTA " D" G"
'os l
A
/ .
[
l Figure 6-5. Processing logic for Point SPDS0050 and Operation of the SRV and SV Status ESI.
l l 6-16
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 SThAV SPb500LO CALualAYkul 4 /tLL IWM YO N 79 7 la M HEALTHY t
No bI 85 No AM I#"U YN I N Ps* r All1 D NF N717 P NW
=1 1
Yes ALL Dirurs no N717pNN 6
=g '
Al%SITION U. MSIVs ggy OF hT LEh51' g mg w gy QUE MSIV 09 Mor kNowN oren sPMoolo Stb 5co10 S?tsooto Stbsoolo nrnem .e .s. .t gsy M
or E5Z ESE MMcMTk nc oggj %M .jpQ, Figure 6-6. Processing Logic for Point SPDS010 and Operation of the MSIV Status ESI.
6-17 t
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 RHR Field Input .
Pump Point ID 1A N861
- IB N862 2A N863 4
2B N864 Tne RHR pump operating status does not. consider the alignment of the RHR system.
6.1.4.2 Core Spray (CS)-Pump ESIs There are two CS pumps, designated 1A and IB. Each pump ESI is controlled by a field input point as listed below:
CS Field Input Pump Point ID -
1A M578
- IB M585 ;
6.1.4.3 High Pressure Coolant Injection (HPCI) Pump ESI The HPCI pump ESI is controlled by external (real) point SPDS0085.
Processing logic for this data point, and for operation of this ESI is shown in Figure 6-7. HPCI pump status is inferred from a dieasurement of flow in i the HPCI system. ,-
6.1.4.4 Reactor Core Isolation Cooling (RCIC) Pump ESI The RCIC pump ESI is controlled by external ( eal) point SPDS0086.
- Processing logic for this data point, and for operation of this ESI is shown in Figure 6-8. RCIC pump status is inferred from a measurement of flow in the RCIC system.
l 1
6-18
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2)' 2/1/85 6.1.4.5 Drywell Sump Pump ESI This ESI is controlled by external (real) point SPDS0054.
Processing logic for this data point, and for operation of this ESI is shown in Figure 6-9. Drywell sump pump status is inferred from a measurement of discharge flow from the two sump pumps.
m e
e a ,
w k
k
, 74 d
6-19
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
. l
. l s,ur SPbSoo85 CALLwATIMI No INW 1ES hT/
"* Noo2 > LALM Hter bnP HPer fump
< DFEARED To 1NFOAED Tb BE OFF bc OU l
~SPDS00ET ?hsooTf7 SPDSoo85 Nor ikMTHy =$ -L est est est MAGENTh &&CEN fEb i
Figure 6-7. Processing Logic for Point SPDS0085 and Operation of the HPCI Pump ESI. f 6-20 l
. 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 J
~
l l
STMT 5Pbs0046 CN.cuunon .
No .TNPur g l \ #$$Ny Noos > LALM\
RCic fum? RCIC fum?
ZNFEMED TO INFERAEb TD St~ OFF bc oN i
SPDsoo% SPD5co% SPDsoog NorikNIH =$ =.L E5r ESr E3r MMENM G&cCN BEb Figure 6-8. Processing Logic for Point SPD50086 and l
Operation of the RCIC Pump ESI.
1 5-21
e 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 .
SnktT Srnscos4 CALcuumoa No D ']s p
LTH1-No PA '[es g
NoST >> .
No W 7 '/e's No xYE5 V .
SPhsoos4 SPosest SPosoos4 2
NoT HOLW -% =i ,
est EEr E5r k nENTh GW reb Figure 6-9. Processing logic for Point SPDS0054 and Operatio:
l of the Drywell Sump Pump ESI.
6-22 l
_ ~
503-8500000-78 (Ray. 2) 2/1/85
. 6.2 E0P LIMIT STATUS INDICATORS l
_There are fifteen E0P Limit Status Indicators that are used to alert the operator to the status of the plant with respect to multi-parameter limits in the plant Emergency Operating Procedures. The primary purpose of the E0PSIs is to "close the loop" by providing a communications link from Level 3 displays back up to the associated Level 1 and Level 2 displays. The E0PSIs which appear in the SPOS displays are the following:
Heat Capacity Temperature Limit
- Heat Capacity Level Limit
- Suppression Pool Load Limit
- Containment Pressure Limit Drywell Spray Initiation Pressure Limit
- Drywell Hydrogen Concentration Limit Drywell Oxygen Concentration Limit
- Suppression Chamber Oxygen Concentration Limit 4 -
NPSH Limit RPV Saturation Temperature Limit RPV Pressure / Level Status Matrix (composed of five E0PSIs)
Each E0 PSI is controlled by an external (real) data point based on processing logic which is described in detail in Section 9. A summary of the operation of the E0PSIs is presented in Table 6-2.
l l
t 6-23
~
l 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 .
Table 6-2. Summary of E0P Limit Status Indicators.
Allowed Calculation Status Indicator States Condition Use Described Heat cap temp limit Green SPDS0008 = 0 L2.4 9.1 Red SPDS0008 = 1 Magenta Validation failure Heat cap level limit Green SPDS001B = 0 L2.4 9.2 Red SPDS001B = 1 Magenta Validation failure .
Supp pool load limit Green SPDS002B = 0 L2.4 9.3
~
Red SPDS0028 = 1 Magenta Validation failure Cont. pressure limit Green SPDS004B = 0 L2.4 9.4 Yellow SPDS004B = 1 Red SPDS004B = 2 Magenta Validation failure Drywell spray limit Green SPDS006B = 0' L2.4 9.5 Red SPDS006B = 1 _'
Magenta Validation failure Drywell H2 limit Green SPDS0078 = 0 L2.4 9.6 r Red SPDS0078.= 1 Magenta Validation failure Drywell 02 limit Green SPDS009B = 0 L2.4 9.6
' Red SPDS009B = 1 '
Magenta Validation failure i
Supp chbr 02 limit Green SPDS0108 = 0 L2.4 9.7 Red SPDS0108 = 1 Magenta Validation failure NPSH limit Green SPDS0118 = 0 L2.2 9.8 Red SPDS011B = 1 Magenta Validation failure RPV saturation Green SPDS028B = 0 L1.0, 9.10 temperature Red SPDS0288 = 1 L2.2, ,
limit Magenta Validation failure L3.15 RPV pressure high, Blank SPDS0228 = 0 L3.15 9.12 i level increasing
- Cyan SPDS023B = 1 !
Magenta Validation failure j l
l l
6-24
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 Table 6-2. Summary of E0P Limit Status Indicators (continued).
Allowed Calculation Status Indicator States Condition Use Described RPV pressure inter- Blank SPDS024B = 0 L3.15 9.12 mediate, level Cyan SPOS024B = 1 increasing
- Magenta Validation failure RPV pressure low, Blank SPDS025 = 0 L3.15 9.12 level increasing
- Cyan SPDS025 = 1 Magenta Validation failure RPV pressure high or Blank SPDS0268 = 0 L3.15 9.12 intermediate, Cyan SPDS026B = 1 level decreasing
- Magenta Validation failure RPV pressure low, Blank SPDS0278 = 0 L3.15 9.12 level decreasing
- Cyan SPDS027B = 1 Magenta Validation failure 8 i
- Part of RPV pressure / level status matrix 1
l 6-25 l
l' -
t
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 6.3 SYSTEM ALARM AREA INDICATOR .
Another important linkage among Level 3 displays and all other SPDS displays is provided by the System Alarm Area Indicator which displays a MAGENTA "E" in the System Alarm Area (SAA) of the CRT screen whenever any data point which drives selected E0PSIs has: (a) a current value which corresponds to a warning or alarm state, or (b) a not-healthy data quality.
When all relevant data points are healthy and have a current value which corresponds to a normal state, a " blank" is displayed in the SAA. Operation of the SAA indicator is controlled by global common variable IAD_EOP based on the processing logic shown in Figure 6-10.
e I
L l .,
l l ..
l 6-26
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 1
I l
l 6 TART' IAb EOP CALCin AT10Al I
hl0 un $3 llE4.THf" No G zwurs k
.9 1;Ab EDP Db EoP )
=61(AScts = yg,(gsetq) 3A sAA INbecATOR. InpucArg
$1AGENm *E' pt.Anog
& INFrar totaT3 AntC: MbSomb, SPbSo0LB, ^
SPb500tb , 2b50045, SPbSoo68, S?b5007 b, SbSooit , SPaso.fo8, SPA 5olia, 4Pb5ct?8, l
Figure 6-10. Processing Logic for System ATarm Area (SAA)
Indicator.
6-27
l 1
e i
1 i
1 l
i i
6 e
e i
J i 6-28
} . .
503-8500000-78.(Rev. 2) 2/1/85
- 7. LEVEL 1 DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS I There is a single Level 1 display designated L1.0. In addition to i
the five Safety Function Indicators (SFIs) found in all SPDS displays, this display contains other status indicators and the following four horizontal s bar charts:
- APRM
! - RPV pressure
- RPV water level (narrow range)
- Drywell pressure (narrow range)
This display is intended to provide an overview of plant safety status by means of the SFIs. The supplementary information in this display (i.e., the j bar charts and other status indicators) provides the operator with current values of key plant variables and detailed _ status of the reactor scram function. To enhance the utility of this display during normal plant opera-tions, narrow range instrument channels are used to drive the RPV water level and drywell pressure bar charts. -Data from wide range instrument channels for these plant variables are presented in Level 2 displays.
General bar chart characteristics and conventions for establishing color fill for bar charts are described in Section 2. Simply stated, the
~
l, color fill of the bar is dictated by the quality code of the_ data point which drives the bar. Warning and alarm limits for data points used in this display are defined in Section 4. Detailed characteristics the Level 1 display are shown in Figure 7-1, and are described in this section.
~
7.1 BAR CHARASTERISTICS The four horizontal'bar charts are arranged in the order' listed below (i.e. Bar 1 at the top of the display). The order in which the bars are arranged is based on the normal order of. priority that an operator
- assigns in checking these variables on the existing control room instrumen-tation.
7-1
- - _ . _ ~ - _ .__ .. _ _ ___ . . _ _ . - _ _ _ _ . - - , - - _ - _ - _
a 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 , .
l 7.1.1 Bar 1
- a.
Title:
- b. Range: 0 to 125
- c. Units: Percent
- d. Current value: SPDS0008, Average APRM
- e. Rate-of-change: SPDS0009, in units of percent / minute
- f. Labeled tic marks: 15, 100
- g. Downscale indicator: SPDS010S
- h. NV indicator: SPDS01NV 7.1.2 Bar 2
- a.
Title:
RPV pressure
- b. Range: 0 to 1500 -
- c. Units: psig
- d. Current value: 'SPDS0030, Average RPV pressure
- e. Rate-of-change: SPDS0031, in units of psi / minute
- f. Labeled tic marks: 75, 500, 825, 1045
- g. Downscale indicator: SPDS02DS .
I
- h. NV indicator: SPDS07NV 7.1.3 Bar 3
- a.
Title:
RPV Level
- b. Range: 0 to 60
- c. Units: inches
- d. Current value: SPDS0019, A'verage narrow range RPV level
- e. Rate-of-change: SPDS0020, in units of inche's/ minute
- f. Labeled tic marks: 12.5, 27.5, 42.5, 58.5
- g. Downscale indicator: SPDS03DS
l l
7-2 l ~1.
> 503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2),
2/1/85 7.1.4 Bar 4
- a.
Title:
Drywell pressure
- b. Range: -5 to +5
- c. Units: psig
- d. Current value: SPD50043, Average narrow range drywell pressure
- e. Rate-of-change: SPDS0044, in units of psi / minute
- f. Labeled tic marks: 0, +1.45, +2.0
- g. Downscale indicator: SPDS04DS
- h. NV indicator: SPDS08NV 7.2 EQUIPMENT AND E0P LIMIT STATUS INDICATORS The ESIs and E0PSIs listed below are included in this display.
The data point which drives each status indicator is shown in parentheses.
In addition to these status indicators, -the System Alarm Area (SAA)
Indicator is also used in the Level 1 display. See Section 6 for further details on these status indicators.
, a. ESIs Reactor scram status (SPDS0039)
All-rods-in (N520)
, b. E0PSIs .
RPV saturation temperature limit (SPDS0288) 1 7-3
i x
i .
4 38-= : 985 SELECT FUNC. HEY OR TURN-OH CODE DSPPRO: 23 Iis 2 :,5 w
PLFINT OUERUIEld s CURRENT RRTE OF O; RPRM URLUE CHRNGE 8
- 99. % o. %/H ?
O 1 29 5'
108 125 -
RPU PRESSURE 1000. PStG o. PSI /H 8 75 450 925 1945 1580 RPU LEVEL 30.0, 1N. o. 1H/H O 12.5 27.5 42.5 58.5 68 PRE 1.00 P910 6. PS!/H
-5 8 1.45 2 +5 RERCTOR RPU $RTURRT1ON SCRAN RLL-RODS-1N. L1H1?
i s itit . e il lT Fiio : [IT. i s 'l- F WJSTEll r i.il lTi i l i a lE + n W~i ti l i ie o 1 l i 'l C 6.n 4 IfIG I NTE GR 1 T'i' 1NTLt>Rll'i' F F L i th'f s
Fi=CLERR F2= EDIT F3=NENU F4= F5=
cetNC + + + HRRDCOPY=DUSY CONSOLE = UNKNOWN NODE =iult F6=
PLRNT= NORMAL C:
gi Figure 7-1. Display Ll.0, Plant Overview.
e e
o
- w - - -
,
- 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
. 8. LEVEL 2 DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS There are twelve Level 2 displays designated L2.1.1 to L2.5.3. In addition to the five Safety Function Indicators found in all SPDS displays, the Level 2 displays contain bar charts, trend plots, and mimics. The purpose of the Level 2 displays is to provide detailed plant information related to the individual safety functions. General characteristics of these displays and conventions for establishing color fill of bar charts are described in Section 2. Simply stated, the col.or fill of the bar is dictated by the quality code of the data point which drives the bar.
Warning and alarm limits for data points used in the Level 2 displays are defined in Section 4. Detailed characteristics of each Level 2 display is described in this section.
Most of the Level 2 displays include some or all of the following types of status indicators:
Not-Valid Indicators (NVI)
Downscale Indicators (DNSCI) -
Equipment Status Indicators (ESI)
Emergency Operating Procedure Limit Status Indicators (E0 PSI).
System Status Area (SAA) Indicator The Not-Valid and Downscale Indicators are described in Section 2, and the Equipment Status, E0P Limit Status, and SAA Indicators are described in Section 6.
8-1
J 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 -
8.1 DISPLAY L2.1.1, REACTIVITY CONTROL (BAR)
This display contains two horizontal bar charts, one for Average Power Range Monitors (APRM) and one for Source Range Monitors (SRM). Data
~
from Intermediate Range Monitors (IRM) are not presented on the SPDS. As shown in Figure 8-1, the ranges of the APRM and SRM channels should be adequate for providing continuous, or nearly continuous indication of rea. tor power. Additional data from the IRM instruments are, therefore, not neces sary.
In addition to the bar charts described above, the di splay contains a variety of equipment status and E0P status indicators. The detailed arrangement of the reactivity control bar display is shown in Figure 8-2. -
8.1.1 Bar Chart Characteristics 8.1.1.1 BAR 1
- a.
Title:
- b. Range: 0 to 125 -
- c. Units: Percent
- d. Current Value: SPDS0008, Average APRM
- e. Rate-of-change: -SPDS0009,.in units of percent / minute
- f. Labeled tic marks: 15, 100 -
- g. Downscale indicator: SPDS01DS
- h. NV indicator: SPDS01NV 8.1.1.2 BAR 2
- a.
Title:
- b. Range: 10-1 to 10 6
- c. Units: Counts per second (CPS)
- d. Current Value: SPDS0013, Log of average SRM (for driving the bar) ,
SPDS0014, Average SRM (for current value)
- e. Rate-of-change (period): SPDS0015, in units of sec-1
- f. Labeled tic marks: 101 , 10 4
- g. Downscale indicator: SPDS05DS 8-2 t
L.
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
- h. NV indicator: SPDS02NV
- 1. Notes: (1) The logarithm of the average SRM value (SPDS0013) is used to drive the SRM bar in this display and the SRM trend in display L2.1.2 (see Section 8.2). The digital display of the SRM current value is derived from point .
SPDS0014. The logarithm calculation for point SPDS0013 is performed using the pseudo-analog logarithm routine which is available on PMIS.
(2) The SRM rate-of-change is described in terms of the reactor period. The current value of reactor period is determined using the external (real) calculation described later in this section.
8.1.2 Equipment and E0P Limit Status Indicators The ESIs and E0PSIs listed below are included in this display.
The data point which drives each status indicator is shown in parentheses.
See Section 6 for further details on these status indicators.
- a. ESIs
~
All APRM downscal.e trip (SPDS0080)
- Any APRM upscale (A527)~
l Any APRM inoperative (A528)
- Any APRM bypassed (SPDS0001)
SRM position (A519)
Any SRM upscale (A520)
Any SRM inoperative (A521)
- Any SRM bypassed (A533)
Reactor scram status (SPOS0039) l All-rods-in (N520) -
. b. E0PSIs None ,
i 1
8-3
S 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 8.1.3 Calculation of External (Real) Data Point SPDS0015 .
The external calculation for point SPDS0015 uses the following I algorithm to determine a rate-of-change of the average source range monitor (SRM) value (SPDS0014) in terms of reactor period:
~
26 Period (sec-1) =
Startup rate (decades / min)
In this algorithm, startup rate is a rate-of-change of the average SRM value (SPDS0014) in units of decades per minute. The startup rate is calculated from the SRM rate-of-change derived from the SPDS rate-of-change transform (SPDS0087). This external (real) calculation assumes that point SPDS0087 has a processing frequency of once per second. If the processing frequency for point SPDS0087 is changed in the PMIS data base to any other value, the algorithm for SRM reactor period will compute an . incorrect current value for reactor period.
6 ,
O
'%e="
l l
l 8-4
O o 503-8500000-78 (Rett. 2) 2/1/85
gj k - -
. 100 W
5 10 I3 -
d~~
. 10 10I2 -
-- . l m
i 10Il -
W '
5 5 , o,t d d 5
5
=
Id10 -
. .01 =
" w 3
E 9 a
w 10 -
10~3 D g =
t 8 - ~~
10
. 10-4 i
O 107 -
E W . 10-5
.E 5
s w
106 ,
. 104 5
10
~SWRM l
Figure 8-1. - -
Ranges of CNS Neutron Monitoring System (SRM IRM and APRM only).
8-5
38- a 1985- m 8
SELECT FUNC. KEY OR TURN-OH CODE DSPPRO: -
23118315 REHCTIUITY CONTROL - Bf1R Ii CMM[ RRTE OF CHRNGE RPRtf 99. % 0. %/H e 15 100 125 9 PER10D ,0 SRH MU 1.00 CPS A I non $ . 1/SEC $
1e-1 18 1 10 4 106 RLL RPRM ANY RPRH' SRH RNY SRH RERCTOR CD DMSC TRIP INOPERAT1UE POSITION 1NDPERRTIVE 9CRRH cn UUT RPrf RPRH ANY RPRH RNY SRH RNY SRH UP9CRLE BYPRSSED UPSCRLE BYPRSSED RLL-RODS-1N i O UL131IT Ft
- ii F I ' ' i I , I. t IRE P'i STER l i. il i l t i l l 4i tE. l i l I t ili l i is it 'l l i iF
- f. f.~u ) L . I f 4 G It4TE GR I TY ] I i i i i. il: 1 T s' l- F 1 ( iWf-Fi=CLERR F2= EDIT F3=HENU F4= F5- F6=
caNc + + + + HRRDCOPY= BUSY CONSOLE = UNKNOWN HODE=Fei si l PLRNT=HORl1FtL m Figuie 8-2.
Display L2.1.1, Reactivity Control (Bar).
- 1 ,
e
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
. 8.2 DISPLAY L2.1.2, REACTIVITY CONTROL (TREND)
This display contains two trend plots, one for APRM and one for SRM. In addition, the display contains a variety of equipment status and E0P status indicators. The x-axis (time axis) characteristics for all SPDS trend plots are described in Section 2. The detailed arrangement of the reactivity control trend display is shown in Figure 8-3.
8.2.1 . Trend Plot Characteristics 8.2.1.1 PLOT 1 The y-axis characteristics are the same as Bar 1 (APRM) described in Section 8.1.
1 8.2.1.2 PLOT 2 The y-axis characteristics are the same as Bar 2 (SRM) described in Section 8.1.
8.2.2 Equipment and E0P Limit Status Indicators Same as Reactivity Control Bar Display, see Section 8.1.
9 O
I l
l 8-7
i
+
177 GOP > 7 IIINUTES IN QUICULesOK DOTR, D I SPI TinPD 38 T. ! 1995^ tri SELECT FUNC. KEY OR TURN-OH CODE DSPPRO: 23 is115 8 REHCTIUITY CONTROL - TREND -
I 8
l 125 C T O N
RLL RPRH RMY RPRH 100 - m DNSC TRIP UPSCALE _
. . g RPRH R 1
, RNY RPRN RNY RPRH g* g ,g U !
I INOPERRTIVE DYPRSSED 15 -
l ,
8 i i i i
-le -s -s -4 -2 e TIME (HtN3 SRtf RNY SRH POSITION UPSCRLE gg+6 l
i it i r M 1e+4 -
CURRENT URLUE 1.00 CPS go RMY SRH RNY SRH -
( 1NorJRRTIUE DYPRSSED 8RH l
PER1OD l
l 10+1- 10000. 1/9EC
( _ _ _. . . . . . .
RERCTOR 10-1 i i i i SCRRH RLL-RODS-tN m
-le -e -6 -4 -2 0 T!HE (HtH3 l
- L i iut Rf i l' l
Ff Fu TIIf<' LOPE FiS T E l l I. OllT fillilli lil' f il> 1 i 'i o T i i f Cru iL IIiG IllTFiiR I TY IlITFiiP I l i F E i E R S F. : .- m N
{ -
i l Fi=CLERR F2= EDIT F3=HENU F4= F5= F6= D ce + HARDCOPY= BUSY CONSOLE = UNKNOWN HODE=i illi PLRNT=NORt1AL (ri Figure 8-3. Display L2.1.2, Reactivity Control (Trend).
G
' * .. k.
503-8500000-78 (Rav. 2) 2/1/85
~
-8.3 DISPLAY L2.2.1, RPV WATER LEVEL (BAR/RPV MIMIC)
This display contains eight vertical bar charts displaying values from three different ranges of RPV water level instruments as well as a composed water level that is used in conjunction with a mimic of a rector vessel. The correlation between the different RPV water level instrument ranges is shown in Figure 8-4 and is tabulated in Table 8-1. In addition to the vertical bar charts, the display contains reactor pressure current value information and a variety _ of equipment status and E0P status indicators.
The detailed arrangement of the reactor core cooling bar/ mimic display is shown in Figure 8-5.
8.3.1 Bar Chart Characteristics The vertical bar charts are listed below in the order they appear in the SPDS display (i.e., from left to right). Note that there are three different reference zeros used to measure RPV water level: (a) narrow range (NR) and wide range (WR) reference zero, (b) fuel zone (fZ) range reference zero, and (c) the bottom of the reactor vessel. The physical relationships among these various RPV level measurement reference points can be .readily seen in this display.
8.3.1.1 BARS 1, 2, AND 3
- a.
Title:
Bar 1: NR A
, Bar 2: NR B -
Bar 3: NR C
- b. Range: 0 to 60
- c. Units: Inches
- d. Current Value: Bar 1: B021, RPV level narrow range A Bar 2: N011, RPV level narrow range B Bar 3: N012, RPV level narrow range C
- e. Rate-of-change: Bar 1: SPDS0016, in units of inches / minute Bar 2: SPDS0017 Bar 3: SPDS0018
- f. Labeled tic marks: None '
8-9
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 .
- g. Downscale indicator: Bar 1: SPDS06DS -
Bar 2: SPDS07DS Bar 3: SPDS08DS
8.3.1.2 BAR 4
- a.
Title:
None
- b. Range: The total range of Bar 4 is from 252.6 inches to 576.8 inches with reference zero at the bottom of the RPV.
Initially, the fuel zone RPV level instruments will not be available on PMIS. Thus, the dynamic range of Bar 4 will be limited to the range of the wide range RPV level instruments, adjusted for a reference zero at the bottom of the RPV. The initial dynamic range is from 366.8 inches to 576.8 inches. When the fuel zone RPV level instruments become available on PMIS, Bar 4 will ebe
~
dynamically driven over its entire range.
- c. Units: Inches ;
- d. Current Value: SPOS0029, RPV mimic water level
- e. Rate-of-change: None
- f. Labeled tic marks: "TAF" (top of active fuel at the 353-inch level), " INST 0" (reference zero for WR and NR level instruments at the 517-inch level).
- g. Downscale indicator: None. See downscale indicators for other bar charts in this display. "
I 1. Note: This vertical bar appears on the centerline of a mimic of a l
reactor vessel, and is scaled to illustrate the proper relation-ship of water level to key RPV features (i.e., top of active i fuel). The active fuel region of the RPV mimic has a CYAN color fill. The calculation to determine the value of external point SPDS0029 is described later in this section.
8-10
e 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 8.3.1.3 BARS 5 AND 6
- a.
Title:
- b. Range: -150 to 60
- c. Units: Inches
- e. Rate-of-change: Bar 5: SPDS0021, in units of inches / minute Bar 6: SPDS0022
- f. Labeled tic marks: 0, 36 (Note that 36 inches on.the wide range scale corresponds to the top of the fuel zone range (i.e., +200 inches). See Table 8-1).
- g. Downscale indicator: Bar 5: SPDS09DS 3ar 6: SPOS10DS
8.3.1.4 BARS 7 AND 8
- a.
Title:
Bar 7: FZ A Bar 8: FZ B
- b. Range: -100 to +200
- c. Units: Inches
Bar 8: N010, RPV level fuel zone B (not currently available on PMIS)
- e. Rate-of-change: Bar 7: SPDS0025, in units of inches / minute Bar 8: SPDS00'26
. f. Labeled tic marks: -39, 0,14,164 (Note that 14 and 164 inches on the fuel zone range scale correspond, respectively, to the bottom of the wide range and the reference zero for the wide and narrow ranges. The inch tic mark corresponds to 8-11
503-8500000-78 (Rav. 2) 2/1/85
- the level of the top of the active fuel. See Table 8-1).
- g. Downscale indicator: Bar 7: SPDS110S Bar 8: SPDS120S
8.3.2 Otner Plant Variables This display includes of the current value of RPV pressure. Tne current value is provided by data point SPDS0030 and is displayed in the top (steam dome) of the reactor vessel mimic. This is an average value, with -
engineering units of "psig". The NV indicator is SPDS07NV.
8.3.3 Equipment Status and E0P Limit Indicators The ESIs and E0PSIs listed below are included in this display.
The data point which drives each status indicator is shown in parentheses.
See Section 6 for further details on these status indicators.
MSIV status (SPDS0010)
- b. E0PSIs ,
RPV saturation temperature limit (SPDS0288) ,
NPSH limit (SPDS011B) 8.3.4 Calculation of External (Real) Data Point SPDS0029 The external ' calculation for RPV mimic water level (SPDS0029) is a healthy average of onscale RPV water level data from field input points '
G032,~G033, N009 and N010, after converting each to a reactor vessel level based on a common reference zero located at the bottom of the RPV. The wide range RPV level channels are G032 and G033. The fuel 7.one RPV level chan-nels are N009 and N010. The correlations between these. ranges and the RPV _
physical dimensions are shown in Table 8-2 and in Figure 8-4. The algorithm for computing the current value of RPV mimic water level is as follows:
I 8-12
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
)
SPDS0029 = (G032+516.8) + (G033+516.8) + (N009+352.6) + (N010+352.6) n(healthy) where n(healthy) = number of healthy input points used in the current calculation 516.8 = constant to convert wide range RPV level to RPV level with reference zero at vessel bottom 352.6 = constant to convert fuel zone range RPV level to RPY level with reference zero at vessel bottom Note that an RPV water level channel that is offscale high, or low will be assigned a quality code of HRL or LRL by the PMIS, and thereby will be rejected from this healthy calculation.
I &
s e
1 8-13 y --. ___ _ w
l l
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 Table 8-1. Reactor Water Level Scale Correlation.
Reactor Vessel Level (inches)
Narrow Reactor Fuel
& Wide Vessel Zone Ranges Physical Range Instruments Dimensions Instruments Remarks ,
850 Top of reactor vessel (inside) 60 576.75 Top of narrow and wide rang 5 instruments and calculated mimic range 58.5 575.25 Alarm high 47.5 559.25 ,
Warning high ,
35.81 552.56 200 Top of fuel zone range instruments 27.5 544.25 191.69 Warning low -
I 12.5 529.25 176.69 Alarm low
, 0 516.75 164.19 Bottom of narrow range instruments, reference
- zero for narrow and wide ranges
-150 366.75 14.19 Bottom of wide range instruments 352.56 0 Top of active fuel, ref-l erence zero fo'r fuel zone range 313.56 - 39 2/3 core height 252.56 -100 Bottom of fuel zone range instruments and calculated mimic range 205.56 Bottom of active fuel 0 ^
Bottom of reactor vessel (inside) 8-14
e 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2)
GEMAC
\ .. soe*
IN.
33:*
to r 848. su s 7 Ru ts t N T TA P soo%
stacrom 732.25* W af t st LEvtL vg.stL WIDE RANGE PLASW
~
f M
..o . .c yg,,
Lins soot YA WAY Y A RWAY ** '"
.t- ,so# as#.
si. 7s* o*
insteumsm? 0** -
sov. Isso d:gg g9 43
- '8' ' ~~
ees.o- seur: Art acac. NPet.
4 sot f ate macaec. PowPs GEMAC 4008.
BARTON YARWAY k.
w ee n a . -+ .o* . . . t.o* s fe.7fl.t e#
acic w .s
.ses T#8 us. 4. . - -,. c. . s*ri. = . .. c. .
= c. = = .. = -
- ryggi;;=A.;... na,c;=.. . . .c
,,, . .- ..e . 7c. . o,
. . . . .. ..e gg.s) L13-101 tr-94 8805 (9-si
.z/.s
.o... .,=
[ -e g n n.
...o.-
LI-Si
... j
( 9*3) g
,,0 . n o..u-
==,i,,, . .-i.c
.o a ni. .....==i=.
- .u.rio- .
lee *. mez2EL .u o . . . . . . >
IN STRUMENT RACM te#- t zs s a as-s) k
\ .c_
Figure 8-4. Reactor Water Level Indication c..- Correlation (from CNS Tech E LE VATION 917'-0* Specs).
vsssst sortou 8-15
I ilI (l l i mgi88oOL n E, g 2m M R 5 -
~ / / 2 N/R .
_ l
~
N N F - -
e f l
i t
8 9
4 s
4 1 e t
i i
i R
2 i lE O 5 - T N 8 cW =
95 R iE t
T 11 R R tuI =N I / / 2 N/R ,
Ns N N F - -
tE sR Ri 4 4 s i tP FL Jt 8
9 s 1 e
t f
F-i P
- 3 2 i 82 o 3 . O. D )
n 0 c 3 i W 8 T t m
es e 5 l
l u i s3 1 ET '.
i M l
I = /
- r 4
I R =E r o e. H Ii l 5D B a
0 RF FO (
3 TT N W 8 NH Ol l
e L es e 5 C H v
- s3 1 J e E 3 H NI - o t
N L
U8E -
h r
EHC N
I 7 Y N
U t
l e
a LN I O
r Nr iT 1
=E 4L
= t V
P
- I AER FO R O
R RIN sP S .
LTG OSE OYT S
N O
P P ELE $pc.
CSN C 1
2 S
D TV IE ,
si I
Y S 2 UU L MLR 1
, M Nif y I , T E= a E !
NY l E T =P p R 3O s D
O UI J EN G FC D
i D
C P( RI uL R
R b
H O
R a O.
0 c LO O
H 5 e
N 3 t C 8 R e e p
T T U
T e
s e U 1
I I r u
8 D
.R O o
.0 H _M I
L E+
=
i F
g 0 a 2 Y 3 . V F+
E r T +
t H
I e
s e '
I I
+
C T C
N o
- e. a l C
A N U 0 U F I E RM R
F 3 r R /v N EC a s
_T F-T r I L C e e i L C E : s i 1
=
L /:
E NH MI F S I ll I
l l I 1l
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 o
+ 8.4 DISPLAY LIMIT L2.2.2, CORE COOLING (TREND)
In this display, average wide range and fuel zone range RPV level trends are plotted on a common axis. These ranges overlap, and the two plots will provide the operator with RPV level trend information over the widest possible dynamic range. In addition, the display contains a variety of equipment status and E0P status indicators. The x-axis (time axis) characteristics for all SPDS trend plots are described in Section 2. The detailed arrangement of the reactor core cooling trend display is shown in Figure 8-6.
8.4.1 Trend Plot Characteristics
- a.
Title:
RPV level (inches), with separate labels "HR" and "FZ" to denote, respectively, the wide range scale and the fuel zone scale. Note that these two scales have different referen,ce zeros.
- 5. Range: -150 to +60 (wide range scale)
-100 to +200 (fuel zone scale)
- c. Units: Inches
- e. Rate-of-change: SPDS0024 (wide range scale), in units of inches / minutes .
i SPDS0028 (fuel zone scale)
- f. Labeled tic marks: 0, 36, (wide' range scale)
-39, 0, 14, 164 (fuel zone scale)
- g. Downscale indicator: None .
- h. NV indicator: SPDS04NV (wide range scale)
, SPDS05NV (fuel zone scale)
I l 8.4.2 Other Plant Variables This display includes a digital display of the current value of RPV pressure provided by data point SPDS0030.
This is an average value, with engineering units of "psig". The NV indicator is SPDS07NV.
D 8-17 l
503-8500000-78 (Rav. 2) 2/1/85 e 8.4.3 ,
Equipment and E0P Limit Status Indicators Same as RPV water level mimic display, see Section 8.3.
j f
4 t
e i
e i .J
!* e
(
. 6 i
i i =
l 1
s 1
1 8-18
39-JRN-1985 -
~
177 GftP > 7 IIINUTES IN qu1CF;LOOK DRTR, DIGRE rinRD (n SELECT FUNC. ItEY OR TURN-OH CODE DSPPRO: 23118115 8 CORE COOLING - TREND I'
[ . . r , '.il - F2 8 g
I RPU PRES 9URE * - L 03 1000. huRRET PSIG g n 164 - - -- - - - i.iP - 30.0 111. rn SRU .
F2 = HR 1H.
i t vE n S
- RPU LEUEL les -
- CINCHES 1.
HSIU
.;F E ri RRTE OF CHRNGE (PER HtNUTE1
?
- i .o - 14 -
i.ir: i .n in. It
- RPU SRT e- P2 = N/R IN H LINIT HPSH LIMIT
-100 i g i i i i i j i
-le -8 -6 -4 -2 e TtHE (HIH1 1 I o.il ill i l' -
4 F & tv T I
- I T ,' * * 'R L w , 3 TEI I o ut ITt t IIn \F I t T T- Vo l o I e in O ' T I ' +
e C. Uu t IHG 1 H T E G R 1. T Y ] H l'E i if< 1 1, l. E L I MF g Di Fi= CLEAR F2= EDIT F3=HENU F4= F5= F6= D m
cnNC + HRRDCOPY=DUSY CONSOLE =UNitNOWN NODE =f 911: PLANT =NORl1GL Figure 8-6. Display L2.2.2. Core Cooling (Trend).
- _ _ - - - _ _ - _ _ _ _ . - _. - _ _ _ - . w
J 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 .
8.5 DISPLAY L2.3.1, COOLANT SYSTEM INTEGRITY (BAR)
This display contains the following three horizontal bar charts:
RPV pressure, drywell pressure, and containment area radiation level. In addition, the display contains a variety of equipment status indicators.
The detailed arrangement of the reactor coolant system integrity bar display is shown in Figure 8-7. .
8.5.1 Bar Chart Characteristics 8.5.1.1 BAR 1
- a.
Title:
RPV pressure
- b. Range: 0 to 1500
- c. Units: psig
- d. Current Value: SPDS0030, average RPV pressure-e.,
Rate-of-change: SPDS0031, in units of psi / minute ,
- f. Labeled tic marks: 75, 500, 825, 1045
- g. Downscale indicator: SPDS02DS
- h. NV indicator:' SPDS07NV I
8.5.1.2 BAR 2.
- a.
Title:
, Drywell pressure ,
- b. Range: 0 to 80 ;
I c. Units: psia
- d. Current Value: SPDS0045, average mid-range drywell pressure
- e. Rate-of-change
- SPDS0046, in units of psi / minute
- f. Labeled tic marks: 20, 40, 60 .
9 Downscale indicator: SPDS13DS
- h. NV indicator: SPDS09NV
, 8.5.1.3 BAR 3 1
- a.
Title:
Containment radiation
- b. Range: 100 to 10-7
- c. Units
- Rad / hour I
8-20
^
, 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
- d. Current Value: SPDS0082, log of drywell area rad (for driving the bar)
N063, high range drywell airlock area rad monitor (for current value)
- e. Rate-of-change: SPDS0049
- f. Labeled tic marks: 102, 105
- g. Downscale indicator: SPDS14DS
- h. NV indicator: None
. i. Note (s): (1) The digital display of the current containment radiation level is derived from point N063. The logarithm calculation for point SPDS0082 is performed using the pseudo-analog logarithm routine which is available on PMIS.
(2) The rate-of-change data point (SPDS0049) is used only to drive the direction-of-change arrow in this
. display. No digital display of the rate-of-change current value is provided because the value is not meaningful (i.e., engineering units would be rad / hour /iain) . _
8.5.2 Equipment and E0P Limit Status Indicators Tne 'ESIs and E0PSIs listed below are included in this display.
The data point which drives each status indicator is shown in parentheses.
See Section 6 for further details on these status indicators.
- a. ESIs Isolation group demand status (Groups 1 to 7)
(SPDS0032 to SPDS0038)
SRV status (SPDS0050)
MSIV status,(SPDS0010)
Drywell sump pump status (SPDS0054)
- b. E0PSIs None l
l l'
l 8-21 l
38-d' 1995- ~~ m SELECT FUNC. l(EY OR TURN-ON CODE DSPPRO: 23:18:15 8 COOLANT SYSTEM INTEGRITY - BAR Il CURRENT RRTE OF 8 URLUE tPER H1 E3 g RPU PRESSURE 1000. Pt10 7 PSI /H 1, i
e 75 See 825 1045 1580 g 2
m 14.0 PSIR . PS!/H N PRE e 29 40 60 08 CONTRfr#ENT 3* pfyg RRDIRTION 188 10 2 gg5 gg7 N
DRYWE sRU HS1U $UHP P i
' > f F Ii OF E i i il I i
ISOLRTION GROUP DEMAND STRTUS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 l
c ouMi tT j Fty i I ilT, i. t iR E Si3TErl COllTi t i r at iEl 4T a ri ti l i o n_ 'l l i st 1 OUL il4G li tTE iiR 1 l' i 4
If 4TEGRITY PFI EfME g i Fi=CLERR F2= EDIT
+
F3=NENU F4= F5= F6=
PLANT =HORiinL D
m Cf'tN C + + 4- HARDCOPY=&USY CONSOLE = UNKNOWN NODE =ia ll t Figure 8-7. Display L2.3.1, Coolant System Integrity (Bar).
l i
i
503-8500000-78 (Rav. 2) 2/1/85 DISPLAY L2.3.2, COOLANT SYSTEM INTEGRITY (TREND)
. 8.6 This display contains the following three trend plots: RPV pres- i sure, drywell pressure, and containment radiation. In addition the display l contains a variety of equipment status indicators. The x-axis (time axis) characteristics for all SPDS trend plots are described in Section 2. The detailed arrangement of the reactor coolant system integrity trend display is shown in Figure 8-8.
8.6.1 Trend Plot Characteristics 8.6.1.1 PLOT 1 The y-axis characteristics are the same as Bar 1 (RPV pressure) described in Section 8.5.
8.6.1.2 PLOT 2
- The y-axis characteristics are the same as Bar 2 (d rywell pressure) described in Section 8.5. .
) 8.6.1.3 PLOT 3 The y-axis characteristics are the same as Bar 3 { containment radiation) described in Section 8.5.
8.6.2. Equipment and E0P Limit Status Indicators .
Same as Coolant System Integrity Bar display, see Section 8.5.
4 a
6 e *
=
4 +
8-23
, - - , - , , ,,w--
, . - .- ,, ,, -- - - - - - - -.r- - ,'e--,
503-8500000-78 (RIv. 2) 2/1/85 .
- b. E0PSIs Heat cap temp lim (SPDS0008)
- Heat cap level lim (SPDS001B)
Supp pool load lim (SPDS002B)
- Cont press lim (SPDS0048)
- Drywell spray lim (SPDS0068)
Drywell H2 lim (SPDS0078)
Drywell 02 lim (SPDS0098)
O 5
e e
4 f
l 8-24 l -
t ~.' 7 ut tP > ;' N INUTE3 IN QUICl. LOOM DitTft, DISPEGfiRD SELECT FUNC. MEY OR TURN-OH CODE DSPPRO:
23318:15 Go COOLANT SYSTEM INTEGRITY - TREND 5 8
1500 CUR URL 0
o SRU ppy 1945 - 1000. PS1G PRESS. - h c t , ,n p RRTE OF C N ^
tPER H1NUTE3 E' i
it. PSt<H <
g- a e
s
-10 -8 -6 m ,
-4 -2 O -
l TtHE THIN) l HSIU 80 i
' ' CiF Er 4 -
CUR URL DRYWLL 14.0 PS10
, PRESS. -
' RRTE OF CHANDE
_ tPER HINUTE1 i co DRYWELL O l * : PSI /H
- k m
SUNP PUNP
-10 8
-8 i i i i
-6 -4 -2 U
! . .r F
. TIME THIN 3 i
107 -
CUR URL ISOLRTION GROUP CONT.g g5 -- 5, RAgp DENAND STATUS RAD.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 102 i see 5 i ,
! -10 -8 -6 ' -4 -2 0 1
TIHE (HIN)
I. OL Ali f F E io T i 'l , tuRE WSTEt t C Ol 4TH i t 411El 4T kf tb l ut or) 16 'E COOLING INTEGRITY INTEURIfY
., PELE~iWE ?, y N
F1-CLERR F2= EDIT F3=HENU F4= F5= F6= 00 CFtHe + HARDCOPY=t3USY CONSOLE =UNMN0lalN HODE=F 11H PLRHT=HORf 1Al.
- 4 Figure 8-8 Display L2.3.2, Coolant System Integrity (Trend).
503-8500000-78 (Rav. 2) 2/1/85 .
8.7 DISPLAY L2.4.1, CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY (BAR)
This display contains the following four horizontal bar charts:
drywell pressure, drywell temperature, suppression pool water temperature, and suppression pool level. In addition, the display contains a variety of equipment status and E0P status indicators. The detailed arrangement of the
. containment integrity bar display is shown in Figure 8-9.
8.7.1 Bar Chart Characteristics 8.7.1.1 BAR 1
- a. Tit-le: Drywell pressure
- b. Range: 0 to 80
- c. Units: psia
- d. Current Value: SPDS0045, average mid-range drywell pressure ,
- e. Rate-of-change: SPDS0046, in unit: of psi / minute
- f. Labeled tic marks: 20, 40, 60
- g. Downscale indicator: SPDS13DS
- h. NV indicator: SPDS09NV 8.7.1.2 BAR 2
- a.
Title:
Maximum drywell temperature
- b. Range: 50 to 400
- c. Units: Degrees fahrenheit
- d. Current Value: SPDS0051, calculated drywell temperature
- e. Rate-of-change: SPDS0052, in units of degF/ minute
- f. Labeled tic marks: 100, 200, 300 -
- g. Downscale indicator: SPDS15DS '
- h. NV indicator: SPDS06NV 8.7.1.3 BAR 3
- a.
Title:
Average suppression pool temp
- b. Range: 0 to 250
- c. Units: Degrees fahrenheit -
8-26 I
- J
503-8500000-78 (Ray. 2) 2/1/85
- d. Current Value: SPDS0063, overall average suppression pool water temperature
- a. Rate-of-change: SPDS0064, in units of degF/ minute
- f. Labeled tic marks: 95, 110, 200
- g. Downscale indicator: SPDS17DS
- h. NV indicator: None 8.7.1.4 BAR 4
- a.
Title:
Suppression pool level
- b. Range: 0 to 30
- c. Units: Feet
- d. Current Value: SPDS0065, average suppression pool wide range level
- e. Rate-of-change: SPDS0066, in units of feet / minute
- f. Labeled tic marks: 10, 20
- g. Downscale indicator: SPDS16DS
- h. NV indicator: SPOS18NV
- 1. Note: There are several different ranges of suppression pool _
water level instrumentation a.vailable in the CNS control room.
~
The Level 2 SPOS displays utilize data from field input points N019 and N020, which have a 0 to 30 foot range. The correlation between the:e instruments and other suppression pool water level instruments is. summarized in Table .8-2.
8.7.2 Equipment and E0P Limit Status Indicators I
The ESIs and E0PSIs listed below are included in this display.
1 The data point which drives each status indicator is shown in parentheses.
See Section 6 for further details on these status indicators.
l l
.. a. ESIs l
Isolation group de:nand status (Groups 1 to 7) (SPDS0032 to
', SPDS0038) 8-27
8 ,
. 'e' Table 8-2 Cooper Nuclear Station Suppression Pool Water Level Correlation,
. 8 g
'?
a ,
! ^
\
N<
~
Range Elevation .
Of Instrument Alarm / Warning Setpoints PMIS Reference Reference Instrument Point Ir.dicated Elevation Zero HALM HWRN LWRW LALM i PC-DPT-3Al.1 N019 13'2" 12' 10,5" .
PC-DPT-3A2 N020 0.to 30' 862 to 892' 862' (13.17') None None (12.88')
1" PC-LT-10 None -6' to +6' BC9 to 881' 875' +S" None None -5" PC-LT-ll None -4' to +6' 871 to 881' 875' None None None None l
PC-LT-12 & 874'2" to PC-LT-13 None -10" to +10" 875'10" 875' None +1.5" -1.0" None R
3 -
8 O
s . . .
1 9
! 30-JRN-1995- m SELECT FUNC. KEY OR TURN-ON CODE DSPPRO: 23:18: 15 8
- ' in
! CONTHINNENT INTEGRITY - BHR a l CURRENT MRTE OF CHANGE o 4
URLUE (PER HINUTE1 o PRE 14.0 PSIR o. PSI /H
. I I I I e 2e 40 6e 80 g i a i NRXINUN .
T 100. DEOF o. DEOF/H ro 1 I l 5e les 20e 300 4ee 1 RUERRGE l SUPPRESSION 80. DEGF o. DEOF/H POOL TEMP.
l m
e 95 ) (lie 200 258 e
hgM 13.0 FEET o. FT/H e is 2e 3e PERT CRP SUPP CONT. .
ISOLRTION GROUP 1 LIMITS POOL PRESS DRYldELL L1 HITS DEHRND STRTOS TEt1P LEVEL LORD L1H LIMIT SPRRY H2 02 2 3 4 5 6 7 l '
1 I ti,
] ~
l 1
~
t' ( o il til lT ,
i FFro iI IT- t i 'R E S LSTEr1 L OllTall 4f lEf 4T F Hlil i st if. T i l t C L u.'L I l 4G , II4TEGF 1 TY li 4TE tiP 1 T i' I- E i I tV F >
g 3
- Fi= CLEAR cam
- ++++
F2= EDIT F2=HENU HARDCOPY=DUSY CONSOLE =UNKNOldN F4= F5=
HODE=iiln F6=
PLANT =HORt101 D
m Figure 8-9. Display L2.4.1, Containment Integrity (Bar).
1 i
l i _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ o
J 503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 ,
8.8 DISPLAY L2.4.2, CONTAINMENT INTEGRITY (TREND)
This display contains the following three trend plots: dryw ell pressure, drywell temperature, and suppression pool temperature. Suppression pool water level is expected to be a slowly varying parameter even during abnormal plant conditions, therefore, no trend plot is provided for this parameter. The bar chart, current value and rate of change of suppression pool level are available in the containment integrity (bar) display, L 2.4.1.
- The x-axis (time axis) characteristics for all SPDS trend plots are described in Section 2. In addition to the trend plots, the display' contains a variety of equipment status and E0P status indicators. The detailed arrangement of the containment integrity trend display is shown in F i gu re 8-10.
8.8.1 Trend Plot Characteristics 8.8.1.1 PLOT 1 The y-axis characteristics are the same as Bar 1 (d ryw ell pressure,) described in Section 8.7.
8.8.1.2 PLOT 2 -
The y-axis characteristics are the same as Bar 2 (maximum drywell temperature) described in Section 8.7.
8.8.1.3 PLOT 3 Tne y-axis characteristics are the same as Bar 3 (avarage suppres-sion pool temperature) described in Section 8.7.
8.8.2 Equipment and E0P Limit Status Indicators l Same as Containment Integrity Bar display, see Section 8.7.
1 8-30 i
a o Tf7 GRi > . ..INUTES IN rauIct.LrioK DATR, DISPE GnRD 3e-JRN-1985 - 8l SELECT FUNC. KEY OR TURN-ON CODE DSPPRO: 23218315 w ;
co CONTf11NNENT INTEGRITY - TREND E' 80 so l MRT CRPRCITY CUR ORL NU 4 1 LINITS gy 13.0 PStG 03 ,
TEMP LEVEL PRESS. - .
RRTE OF CHRNGE 9
_ (PER HINUTE) @
l
{ n.PSt/H e , i ; i 3 SUPP POOL CONT.
-10 -e -s -4 -2 e TIHE (H!N3
( LORD LIN PRESS LtH 400 l , CUR URL HRXIHUN - 100. DEOF MNLI TEM. - RRTE OF CHANGE DRYWELL LINITS (PER HINUTE3
- i. DEO/H p
] SPRRY N2 02 Se ;
I q -se -e -s -4 -2 e TINE (HINI k 250 i _
CUR URL ISOLRTION GROUP RUG' 00. DEGF DENAND STRTUS SUPf:*'
POOL -
- RATE OF CHANGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TEMP. (PER HINUTE3
.s. DEG/H j 8 i i i a
-le -8 -6 -4 -2 e
- TIHE (HIN3 I
g." i_ OUL Al l r FE H T I ' ' I Ti LORE SYSTEfI L OliTf t liar IEt IT Pfili l i in ic T I t iE COOLING INTEGR1TY I t 4TF GR 1 TY FELEASE Q
a N
F1= CLEAR F2= EDIT F3=NENU F4= F5= F6=
- cm + HARDCOPY=t3USY CONSOLE =UNMNOtJN HODE=vilH PLRNT=NORt10L @
J j Figure 8-10. Display L2.4.2. Containment Integrity (Trend).
1 d
i l
'l
H 503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 .
8.9 DISPLAY L2.4.3, SUPPRESSION CHAMBER MIMIC This display contains a mimic of the containment (i.e., horizontal section of drywell and suppression chamber), and vertical bar charts showing suppression pool water temperature in eight sectors of the suppression pool.
In addition, the mimic shows: (a) the position of the eight RPV safety / relief valves, (b) the position of the three RPV code safety valves, and (c) the operating status of the HPCI and RCIC pumps. This valve and pump status information is important to the operator because each valve and pump can exhaust steam to the suppression pool and cause a local increase in i
pool water temperature. Other E0P status indicators and current values of key plant variables also are provided in this display.
8.9.1 General Mimic Characteristics
~
The physical arrangement of the torus at CNS is shown in Figure 8-11. The detailed arrangement of the containment mimic display is ,
shown in Figure 8-12. Each of the eight bar charts included in this display presents a healthy average of two water temperature readings made in the .
respective sectors of the suppression pool.
8.9.2 Bar Chart Characteristics The positions of the eight bar charts in the mitric display are shown in Figure 8-12. To keep this display from becoming too cluttered, the bars are only labeled with a sector identi fier (i.e., "A" to "H"). The bars contain no intermediate tic marks, and are displayed with only the current value of the temperature (i.e., no rate-of-change data). In summary, the eight vertical bar charts have the following characteristics.
- a.
Title:
"A" to "H" l b. Range: 0 to 250 -
- c. Units: Degrees fahrenheit
- d. . Current Value: A: SPDS0055, healthy avg 1A, 2A >
i B: SPDS0056, healthy avg 18, 2B 1
C: SPDS0057, healthy avg IC, 2C 0: SPDS0058, healthy avg 10, 20 E: SPOS0059, healthy avg IE, 2E F: SPDS0060, healthy avg IF, 2F 8-32
~
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
, G: SPDS0061, healthy avg 1G, 2G H: SPDS0062, healthy avg 1H, 2H
- e. Rate-of-change: None. See rate-of-change of average suppression pool temperature in displays L2.4.1 and L2.4.2
- f. Labeled tic marks: None
- g. Downscale indicator: None. The eight bar charts in this display provide an adequate means for cross-checking to verify if a downscale condition actually exists.
- h. NV indicator: A: SPDS10NV B: SPDS11NV C: SPDS12NV D: SPDS13NV E: SPDS14NV ,
F: SPDS15NV G: SPDS16NV H: SPDS17NV 8.9.3 Other Plant Variables This display includes the current values of the following plant a variables. -
Average suppression pool temperature (SPDS0063). This. is a healthy average value of eight sector average temperatures, and has engineer 1 rig units of "degF". There is' no NV indicator for this data point.
Suppression pool average temperature rate-of-change (SPDS0064),
with engineering units of "degF/ minute". There is no NV indicator for this data point.
RPV pressure (SPDS0030). This is an average value with engineering units of "psig". The NV indicator is SPDS07NV.
RPV pressure rate-of-change (SPDS0031), with engineering units of
" psi /mi nute". There is no NV indicator for this data point.
l l
8-33
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
- l 8.9.4 Equipment and E0P Limit Status Indicators
(D556 to 0563)
Indi vi dual code safety valve position (SV A to SV C)
(SPDS0040 to SPDS0042)
- HPCI pump (SPDS0085)
- RCIC pump (SPDS0086)
- b. E0PSIs
- Heat cap temp lim (SPDS000B) ,
- Heat cap level lim (SPDS0018)
Supp pool load lim (SPDS 028)
Supp chbr-02 lim (SPDS0108)
Supp chbr H2 lim (None)*
l l
j l
1 i
No data point is available on PMIS to drive this status indicator, thus i
l the status indicator is inoperative. It is displayed with the characters "N/A" inside the status box.
8-34 1
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85
. g a
'o . a ej
}2 $Mb ,
Do
< .. e
. 22
$ C'7 ,
a j$
_. 2 sH, i vs.,
- g. ,. T-
-y 3
= .
52 a
' =2 in E 9
- 2 w
- s. _\
\ ; '
i s. .
3 n
% l
!! w i
@s 4 9 6 i
'( 4 i -
/ j g e -
@ .G g y .
g
/
'g (
y
'hg'd l(
& '% \
g.
./ ' 2P3 %Y
'l, * @o a
W se %,% ,
> 2- .
g,@'... p 5 G
^ . gz;' s .'L.. .>.' ,. #' e 9M m, .) /'7. ,'
%. 5
, g 'n'
.......~,.V .
-f*f 6 -
..g3 7
. . . . . . _ _ _ . _. j _ __ . . .
37 ,
/
'95N O
'. b
~
s , \ '
% ;" s', .
p ,,/ -g .c
\* " t tr \ . * ,
s,. _
-) -
N sy,
!:5 y .
11 ,\ -.
. 3 .
u a
s
/ ~N .
N..)a. C s
N
/.
N >
-_--.. 3., e jo y - . .
~ '. x ,
g L MO \ wy :u
/i?
" L \eMA yg do I i i a.
- n. n. = 4.
22 8-35
~
38-JRN-1985- $
SELECT FUNC. HEY OR TURN-ON CODE DSPPRO: 23227358 E w SUPPRESSION CHAMBER MINIC I, s
so. 80. ?
RCIC M HERT CRPRC1TY m
.dF g D E LtHttS g TEHP LEVEL .
- 80. 80.
l C SUB F i
RUG SUPP y SUPP POOL LORD LIH POOL TENP 80. C F go,
- 80. DEGF
?
w DEG/ MIN R H H ei. e SUR SUC U H H 4
! RPU 80. 80. SUPP CHBR LIHtT8 PRESSURE H2 02 1000. PSIG R H .
- i+. PSIeHIN HPCI I
j ,
i iF i j NOTE: RANGE ON BARS IS 8 -- 250 DEGF 2
' s . C OOL. I NG INTEGRITY INTEGRIT.' FELIRSE -
N j ,
b j
F1=CLERR caNc + + +
F2= EDIT F3=NENU HARDCOPY=bHSY CONSOLE = lit 4 KNOT,1N F4= F5-HODE= ' li i F6=
PLRNT=HuplinL D
m j Figure 8-12. Display L.2.4.3, Suppression Chamber Mimic.
f 4
e 5
s
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 4
8.10 0! SPLAY L2.5.1, RADI0 ACTIVE RELEASE (BAR) I This display contains five horizontal bar charts for various potential release points of radioactive material. The detailed arrangement of the radioactive release bar display is shown in Figure 8-13. In this display, the logarithm of the current value is used to drive the bar chart, while the actual current value is presented to the right of the bar. The logarithm calculation is performed using the pseudo-analog logarithm routine which is available on PMIS. Also of note in this display is that the rate-
~
of-change data points are used only to drive direction-of-change arrows in the respective bar charts. No digital display of rate-of-change current value is provided because the value is not meaningful (i.e., engineering units would be microct. ies/sec/ min). .
8.10.1 Bar Chart Characteristics 8.10.1.1 BAR 1
- a.
Title:
ERP effluents
- b. Range: 10-4 to 10 6 4
- c. Units: microcuries/second (uC1/sec)
- d. Current Value: SPDS0070, log of ERP normal range (for driving the bar)
N079, ERP normal range rad monitor (for current value)
- e. Rate-of-change: SPDS0071 4 - f. Labeled tic marks: 100 , 103
- g. Downscale indicator: SPDS180S
- h. NV indicator: None 8.10.1.2 BAR 2
- a.
Title:
A0G and RW effluents
- b. Range: 10-3 to 10 7
- c. Units
- microcuries/second (uCi/sec) 4 8-37
-r -
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 ,
- d. Current Value: SPDS0072, log of A0G and RW normal range (for driving the bar)
N073, A0G and RW effluent normal range rad monitor (for current value)
- e. Rate-of-change: SPDS0073
- f. Labeled tic marks: 100 , 103 9 Downscale indicator: SPDS190S
- h. NV indicator: None 8.10.1.3 BAR 3
- a.
Title:
Reactor bldg effluents 7
- b. P.ange: 10-3 to 10
- c. Units: microcuries/second (uCi/sec) '
- d. Current Value: SPDS0074, Log of Rx bldg rad monitor (for driving .
the bar)
N074, Rx bldg effluent rad monitor (for current value)
- e. Rate-of-change: SPDS0075
, f. Labeled tic marks: 100 , 103 .
l g. Downscale indicator: SPDS2000 .
- h. NV indicator: None _
[
8.10.1.4 BAR 4
- a.
Title:
Turbine bldg effluents (
- b. Range: 10-3 to 10 7
- c. Units: microcuries/second (uCi/sec)
- d. Current Value: SPDS0076, Log of turbine bldg rad monitor (for driving the bar)
N069, Turbine bldg effluent normal range rad '
monitor (for current value)
- e. Rate-of-change: SPDS0077 i
- f. " Labeled tic marks: 100, 103 ,
- g. Downscale indicator: SPDS21DS
- h. NV indicator
- None 8-38
-- .s .
_ r .y. - . . - - - _m ___________E
e m 503-8500000-78 (R:v. 2) 2/1/85
- 8.10.1.5 BAR 5 l
l a.
Title:
SJAE effluents
- b. Range: 100 to 10 9
- c. Units: microcuries/second (uCi/sec)
- d. Current Value: SPOS0081, Log of SJAE rad (for driving the bar)
SPDS0078, calculated SJAE effluent (for current value)
- e. Rate-of-change: SPDS0079
- f. -Labeled tic marks: 103 , 106 4
9 Downscale indicator: SPDS22DS
~
- h. NV indicator: None -
i 8.10.2 Equipment and E0P Limit Status Indicators None 8.10.3 Calculation of External (Real) Data Points r
The analog value of steam jet air ejector (SJAE) effluent release j rate in microcuries per second is represented by external point SPDS0078.
To calculate the value of SPDS0078, it is necessary to sum the~ air flow i
measurements in SJAE trains A and B, average the radiation readings in the l common SJAE exhaust header, and apply a conversion factor to yield resu.lts with the proper engineering units. This is accomplished using the following algorithm:
uCi/sec = 1.90 (mr/hr)(cfm) where:
uC1/sec = calculated value of SPOS0078
, inr/hr = healthy average of N082 and N083 .
cfm = sum of N084 and N085 The factor 1.90 has the following engineering units which yield a value for SPDS0078 in uCi/sec:
) uC1/sec/cfm mr/hr
! The processing for this calculation is shown in Figure 8-14.
8-39 .
.I l
l 38-JRN-1995- $
~~
i l SELECT FUNC. HEY OR TURN-ON CODE DSPPRO: 23:27258 E y co .
i RADIGHCTIUE RELEASE - BHR 8 o ',
l y
CunnE 8 ERP EFFLUENTS 1000.O UC1/8EC le-* te* te*
1e-= 10* 10= g g gf 100.000 UCt/SEC O i i 18-* 18-8 19 8
18 8' 1b 8 10 #
I E EM 100.000 UC1/sEC i
EFFLUEMTS M
I m 18 10 -8 10
- 10 8 10 8 18 #
i e
- A !
[NT 100.000 UC1/SEC
-* -8 8 8 #
10 10 10 10 10 8 10 F UENTS " " *
- I'* C l 19* 10' 10* 10 8 i
il'*l.ttlil~
f- t 4 iI Ir. i i iF<E Sr JFEll t'li l i t i t if d l iT I- p + 1 l i it it 'l l i t iOULING INTEtSITi - i NTE + 6 I T i I F_ i t- R J F Q
( i
, F1= CLEAR F2= EDIT F3=HENU F4= F5= F6= @
j CANC +w + HARDCOPY= BUSY CONSOLE = UNKNOWN HODE='a H i PLANT =HormnL i
Figure 8-13. Display L2.5.1, Radioactive Release (Bar).
{.
i 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 l
STMr SPD5oo73 OLCMAnoM No rs YE5
"#MSf#
C /M =
N tN085~
A N.o 6 thoN#mt, Ves N082.
FALTHf No RAD 1% fcs ,
N023 TM/
' mc/V = Mos2.& Nogs n(henIth)
[I 5Posoc77= l,10(mrk)(cy)
/
Figure 8-14. Processing logic for Point SPDS0078.
I 8-41
d 503-8500000-78 (RIv. 2) 2/1/85 ,
l 8.11 DISPLAY L2.5.2, RADI0 ACTIVE RELEASE (TREND, PAGE 1/2)
- This display contains three trand plots for potential release points of radioactive material. This display is continued in display L2.5.3, which contains two additional trend plots. The x-axis (time axis) characteristic for all SPDS trend plots are described in Section 2. The detailed arrangement of this first radioactive release trend display is shown in Figure 8-15. As in the case of the radioactive release bar display: (a) the logarithm of the current value is used to drive the graphic portion of the display, (b) the actual current value is displayed in digital form, and (c) the rate-of-change data points are used only to drive di rection-of-change arrows. _
2 8.11.1 Trend Plot Characteristics J
8.11.1.1 PLOT 1 .
The y-axis characteristics are the same as Bar 1 (ERP) described in Secti on 8.10.
. 8.11.1.2 PLOT 2
~
The y-axis characteristics are the same as Bar 2 (A0G and RW) ,
described in Sectiffn 8.10.
8.11.1.3 PLOT 3
, The y-axis characteristics are the same as Bar (Reactor Building [
described in Section 8.10.
t 8.11.2 Equipment and E0P Limit Status Indicators None I
8-42 4
i .
177 GRP > 7 IIINUTES IN QUICl.l.OOK DATR, D ISPE.GRRD 35-Jf54-1995 M $
SELECT FUNC. KEY OR TURN-ON CODE DSPPRO: 23327ISS< E y, m
RHDIOHCTIUE RELERSE - TREND (PROE i (F 2 3 $<
ie* 'tE"Eu"' $
L
~
E LM Nf8 1000.00 UC1/SEC g le-'~ ' '
i i i i $
-le -e -6 -4 -2 0 TIME (H1HI 19 # _
~
ROG 8,ItW EFFLUEMf8 100.000 W1/SEC
? -
0 1s-"~ , , i ,
-le -e -6 -4 -2 e T1HE (HIN3 10 _
~
ftERCTDft - -
nLDs. -
~
100.000 UCt-sEC EFFLuiENTS l se-"- , , , ,
-le -e -6 -4 -2 e TINE (HIN)
- i. ui n HI i l-
- F- I u v IlIT, < u l F, k ? i: I Ell . F Ot a t u ll4tiL : IT I rul< 1 s tu ur *\ l > 1 t ut it. I NG INTEGRITY I f ITE t iP ] T , I E 6 i t $i'i ' Q Nl Fi=CLEFWt F2= EDIT F3=HENU F4= F5- F6=
PLRNT=MORl1RL j
CANC +++ HRRDCOPY= BUSY CONSOLE =UNKNOtJN HODE=adIM Figure 8-15. Display L2.5.2, Radioactive Release (Trend, Page 1/2).
- - - - - - - - - _ _ _ - _ - - - - - _ _ _- ___ __ __ __}
J 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 .
8.12 DISPLAY L2.5.3 RADI0 ACTIVE RELEASE (TREND, PAGE 2/2)
This. display contains two trend plots for potential release points of radioactive material, and is a continuation of display L2.5.2 (see Section 8.11). The x-axis characteristics for all SPDS trend plots are described in Section 2. The detailed arrangement of this second radioactive release trend display is shown in Figure 8-16. As in the case of the radioactive release bar display: (a) the logarithm of the current value is used to drive the graphic portion of the display, (b) the actual current value is displayed in digital form, and (c) the rate-of-change data points are only used to drive direction of change arrows.
8.12.1 Trend Plot Characteristics 8.12.1.1 PLOT 1 .
The y-axis characteristics are the same as Bar 4 (Turbine ,
Building) described in Section 8.10.
~
8.12.1.2 PLOT 2 The y-axis characteristics are the same as Bar 5 (SJAE) descr.ibed in Section 8.10. *
! 8.12.2 Equipment and E0P Limit Status Indicators None ,
1 1
8.12.3 Calculation of External (Real) Data Points .
Calculation of and SJAE ef fluent release rate (SPDS0078) is described in Section 8.10.
e e
f 44 1
I JS-O - 19915 177 GAP > 7 IIINUTES IN E!UICI:tJ H)K DRTA, D I GRETiARD o SELECT FUNC. KEY OR TURN-ON CODE DSPPRO: 23:27358 E y w
RADIORCTIUE RELERSE - TREND tPROE 2 OF 23 h 18
=
TURDIfE -
u' DLDG. -
100.000 tjC1/SEC ^
EFFLUENTS :
<t 1.-- ,
-8
-6
-4
-2 O k
-18 i TIHE (HIN3 18 # .
hF UEMS .
9999.9 UC1/SEC i
w 10 g i g
-19 -8 -6 -4 -2 O TINE (HINE t OUL fit i f 9 FFto 1 I i ' 17 'i l' i iR E S(STEf1 . OlHe i 1I elIF iIT l 't i t' l ' int : T I ' 'E COOLING INTEGRITY I H I E uR 1 l' i' F El.E A?! Q Fi=CLERR CANC +++
F2= EDIT F3=NENU F4=
HARDCOPY=DUSY CONSOLE =UtlHNOWN F5=
NODE =ta IN F6=
PLANT =HORt1AL
, Figure 8-16. Display L2.5.3, Radioactive Release (Trend,'Page 2/2).
__ .,A>
j O
e a
I e
0 8-46
-- -em -
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85
- 9. LEVEL 3 DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS There are twelve Level 3 displays which contain a variety of x-y plots of current pla'nt status with respect to multi-parameter limits defined in the symptom-oriented plant Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs). These displays present data to the operator in a form that is not currently available in the control room. As with all SPDS displays, the Safety Function Indicators (SFIs) described in Section 5 are included in the Level 3 displays. The primary purpose of the Level 3 displays is to assist the operator in implementing the E0Ps. General characteristics of x-y plots are described in Section 2. Detailed characteristics of each Level 3 display are described in this section.
An important feature of the SPDS display hierarchy is that communications linkages are provided between display levdls. The Level 3 displays communicate up to the level 1 and 2 displays by means of the following linkages:
E0P Limit Status Indicators
- System Alarm Area Indicator i
In an x-y plot, the proximity of the current value of f(x,y) to a limit curve is often used to determine the current value of an external (real) data point. The external (real) data point is calculated by SPDS software using algorithms described in this section, and then is used to drive an E0P Limit Status Indicator (E0 PSI) in related Level 1 or Level 2 displays. The primary purposa of the E0P Status Indicators is to "close the loop" and provide communication of important summary information between the
. Level 3 E0P displays and the Level 1 and 2 displays. A summary of E0PSIs is provided in Section 6.
Another important linkage between Level 3 displays and other SPDS displays is provided by the System Alarm Area Indicator which displays a MAGENTA "E" Area (SAA) of the CRT screen whenever any data point which drives selected E0PSIs has: (a) a current value which corresponds to a I
9-1 l
503-8500000-I8 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
warning or alarm state, or (b) a not-healthy data quality. Operation of this SAA Indicator is described more fully in Section 6.
4 i
d l
- e e
b 4
m 5 w
i i
e 4
l i
e 9-2
. 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 9.1 E0P DISPLAY L3.1, HEAT CAPACITY TEMPERATURE LIMIT The purpose of this display is to show present plant status with respect to a multi-parameter limit that the operator must remain below in order to maintain sufficient heat capacity in the suppression pool to assure continuous, stable steam condensation during blowdown of safety / relief valves (SRVs) at some point following an Automatic Depressurization System (ADS) actuation. Coordinates of the limit curve are listed in Table 9-1.
The detailed arrangement of this display is shown in Figure 9-1.
A. Input Variables Required
- 1. SPDS0030, average RPV pressure
- 2. SPDS0063, overall average suppression pool water temperature B. Graph Characteristics
- 1. X-Axis
- a.
Title:
RPV Pressure
- b. Variable: SPDS0030
- c. Range: 0 to 1500
- d. Units:.psig
- e. NV indicator: SPDS07NV 2 Y-Axis
- a.
Title:
Average Suppression Pool Temperature
- b. Variable: SPDS0063
- c. Range: 0 to 250
- d. Units: degrees fahrenheit
- e. NV indicatcr: None l
I 9-3
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 .
C. Calculations for External (Real) Data Points SPDS0084 and SPDS000B.
- 1. External (Real) Point SPDS0084 The processing logic for this point is shown in Figure 9-2.
The dif ference between f(x,y) and the heat capacity temperature limit at the current value of RPV pressure (SPDS0063) defines a temperature margin called Delta T Heat Capacity which is designated as data point SPDS0084. The current value of this temperature margin is used in E0P Display L3.2, Suppression Pool Heat Capacity Level Limit (see Section 9.2) .
- 2. External (Real) Point SPDS000B The processing logic for this point is shown in Figure 9-2 ,
The difference between f(x,y) and the limit curve controls the status of external point SPDS000B. When f.(x,y) < limit, acceptable conditions exist and SPDS0008 = 0. When f(x,y) ?_
limit, SPDS0008 = 1.
' D. Operation of the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit E0 PSI External point SPDS000B is used to drive the heat capacity temperature limit status indicator in the L2 4 containment displays (see Section 8). Operation of this E0 PSI is defined in .
Figure 9-2.
e-
- 9 9-4 l
. 503-8500000-78 (Rev 2) 2/1/85 Table 9-1. Coordinates of the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit Curve.
)
X-Axis Y-Axis RPV Pressure Suppression Pool (psig) Temperature ( F) i l l 1
75 250.00 ,
75 196.00 i 285 177.41-l 485 169.27 685 163.31 885 158.58 1080 -
154.87 1080 , 0 1500 0' s
e 9-5
i l
so-= g 1=-
SELECT FUNC. KEY OR TURN-OH CODE DSPPRO- 23227158 E w FERT CRPRCITY TEVPERATURE LIMIT !'
?
y 2se - -
g
.e to
~
290 -
RUERRGE SUPPRESSION POOL TEPPERRTURE 158 -
- 80. DEGF e 100 -
a CA w 50 -
i i l 8 I I l O 300 600 900 1200 1538 RPU PRESSURE 1000. PSIG COOLRHT ,
F E pi T I' > I T'. C iME SYSTEl1
~
CONTA 1 f 4r LENT R AD I U At T l' 'F L OOL ING INTEGRITY IHTEGRITY FELEASE -
s i F1= CLEAR F2= EDIT e F3=HENU F4= F5= F6= CD cm++++ HARDCOPY=DUSY CON 3 OLE =llHKNOt.tH NGDE=i 1 is i PLRNT=HOPilAL Figure 9-1. Display L3.1, lieat Capacity Temperature L;mit.
t , , = 4 s e
l =
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 i
1 .
SPbs55 4
&* L les, No f$
h*W No Ves 650o63 EALTtif SPbsco81=
Q.smorCunr
-f&d.
90 **d Yes 2 LimirCww i
g 8 5?bsoooS 3b50005 S{&am nr -e .c l
EorS.E Eopsr gorst
!AGO'Th G8& geb Figure 9-2. Processing Logic for Points SPDS0084, SPDS0008 and Operation of the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit E0 PSI.
9-7 1
l J 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 .
l i 9.2 E0P DISPLAY L3.2, HEAT CAPACITY LEVEL LIMIT The purpose of this display 1.s to show present plant status with respect to a multi-parameter limit that the operator must remain above in order to maintain sufficient heat capacity in the suppression pool to assure continuous, stable steam condensation during SRV blowdown at some point following ADS actuation. Coordinates of the limit curve are listed in Table 9-2. The detailed arrangement of this display is shown in Figure 9-3.
A. Input Variables Required
- 1. SPDS0065, average supp~ression pool narrow range level '
- 2. SPDS0084, delta T heat capacity B. Graph Characteristics
- 1. X-Axis #
4
- a.
Title:
Delta T Heat Capacity
- b. Variable: SPDS0084
- c. Range: 0 to 50 l d. Units: degrees fahrenheit '
l e. NV indicator: None
- f. Note: Derivation of ~the variable SPDS0084 is described i n S ecti on 9.1. .
- 2. Y-Axis
- a.
Title:
Suppression Pool Water Level
- b. Variable: SPDS0065
- c. Range: 0 to 30
- d. Units: feet
- e. NV indicator: SPDS18NV .
t C. Calculations for External (Real) Data Point SPDS0018 l The processing logic for this point is shown in Figure 9-4. The difference between f(x,y) and the limit curve controls the status of external point SPDS0018. When f(x,y) > li mit, acceptable I
9-8
, 503-8500000-78 (Rav. 2) 2/1/85 conditions exist and SPDS0018 = 0. W hen f(x,y) <_ li mi t, SPDS001B = 1.
D. Operation of the Heat Capacity Level Limit E0 PSI External point SPDS001B is used to drive the heat capacity level limit status indicator in the L2.4 containment displays (see Section 8). Operation of this E0 PSI is defined in Figure 9-4.
[
i i
s 6
- - -e
- a, w.
l i
l 9-9 i.
)
503-8500000-78 (Rev 2) 2/1/85 Table 9-2. Coordinates of the Heat Capacity Level Limit Curve.
X-Axis Y-Axis Delta T Heat Suppression Fool Capacity (*F) Water Level (ft) 0.00 12.80 ,
0.97 12.50 2.81 12.00 ,
8.05 11.00 14.56 10.00 18.56 9.58 50.00 9.58 4 -
l
, e e
e n*
O i
l 9-10
~~
i 1
m .
38 5 1995 o' SELECT FUNC. KEY OR TURN-OH CODE DSPPRO: 23:27359 E YI
$I 8
HERT C@HCITY LEUEL LIMIT @f i :
.l tu I suppREserow POOL WRTER 28 LEVEL 13.O FEET l
- te D
's is 20 30 40 51
, DELTR T HERT CRPRCITY 76.4 DEGF C OUL AMT, F E r if I1 'I1, I-ORE El STEll CONTA I f 4r IE f 4T RFiliI wai.. l L i >F COOLING Il4TEGR 1 Ty INTEGRITY PEL E03F < Ql C
Fi=CLERR CANc + + +
F2= EDIT F3=HENU F4=
HARDCOPY=DUSY CONSOLE =tlNKNOI.IN F5=
NODE =l llli F6=
PLRNT=NORrinL
$l Figure 9-3. Display L3.2, Heat Capacity Level Limit.
e 1
503-8500000-78 (Rav. 2) 2/1/85 I l
srm r SrnsooL6 CALCW.Anod No X~ W V YE5 SPbSoo 1f0 No Y~bW Ve3 SPbsoc65 l{EALTHf
@di
~
No /cs LJmtr CMVE
&hsoofa SPDSools SP4504fa NorHOLTHf =$
=1 GotSr CotSr 50FSt MAGENTA GREEN R.Eb i .
.]
i l Figure 9-4. Processing Logic for Point SPDS001B and Operation of the Heat Capacity Level Limit '
E0 PSI.
l 9-12
, 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 9.3 E0P DISPLAY L3.3, SUPPRESSION POOL LOAD LIMIT The purpose of this display is to show present plant status with respect to a multi-parameter limit that the operator must remain below in
, order to ensure that the containment can withstand the dynamic load which results from single or multiple SRV actuations. Coordinates of the limit curve are listed in Table 9-3. The detailed arrangement of this display is shown in Figure 9-5.
A. Input Variables Required l
- 1. SPDS0030, average'RPV pressure 1
- 2. SPDS0065, average. suppression pool wide range level B. Graph Characteristics 1 4
- 1. X-Axis
- a.
Title:
RPV Pressure,
- b. Variable: SPDS0030
- c. Range: 0 to 1500
- d. Units: psig
- e. NV indicator: SPDdO7NV
- 2. Y-Axis
- a.
Title:
Suppression Pool Water Level
- b. Variable: SPDS0065
- c. Range: 0.to 30
- d. Units: feet
- e. NV indicator: SPDS18NV 9-13
e 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 .
C. Calculations for External (Real) Data Point SPDS002B The processing logic for this point is shown in Figure 9-6. The
- difference between f(x,y) and the limit curve controls the status of external point SPDS002B. When f(x,y) < limit, acceptable conditions exist and SPDS002B = 0. When f(x,y) > limit, SPD5002B = 1.
D. Operation of the Suppression Pool Load Limit E0 PSI External point SPOS002B is used to drive a suppression pool load limit status indicator in the L2.4 containment displays (see Section 8). Operation of this E0 PSI is defined in Figure 9-6.
f i
i ,-
e 1
i 9-14
e
.' 503-8500000-78 (Rev 2) 2/1/85 Table 9-3. Coordinates of the Suppression Pool Load Limit Curve. l e
X-Axis Y-Axis RPV Pressure Suppression Pool (psig) Water Level (ft) 0 16.34 627 16.34 687 16.00 865 15.00 1036 14.00 1250 12.70 1250 0 1500 0 k
1
- e 9-15
- , - . - .,. -- - - , -- n-- --~
' ; l ,
j, ,
s '
8ya88i a<. N- Q<@ ,
E t
n i
E r P
i
^
lF O 5 9 N 8 9 TW _
=
99 ot 15
- 1 T ,
1 5
l tuL E
E
=N 6n T
N7 R2 I DF FL s
P J1
- 3 M f o
82 3
I L , 0 9
2 t
i s _
1 Tl i 6
H m D
i l
ET tP L R l 1 liR t
iG
=E 5D
= d a
o O . t eE FO H
L L 8 9 E G R I TT NN OI l
o 9 U S L N o -
J P S P L S E
IO N
n o
O * .
R 0 K i N s O P 0 0
I L s e
P 0 0
U 1 P
R T 1T 4
Y
=E 4L
=
r p
p 6 ti f I fER FO u S
O R N LTG OSE N O
S P
P O O/T C S't I C 3 e
S D
I l Y 3 L ,
S 0 0 Ut 31 y _
~ S 3 NB E= l a
E E .
NY
=P 3O i p
s .
D O R G FC D ' _
C P EN RI D
R ;
H O P 0 UL LO A
H 5
N U e I
e 9 O
C 9
e
. R U S s 9
2 s T I
r u
g T D i R E F
=
O 2+
F Y
E s T l
+
H oR E I
rE E +
. T F I'
C R T '
C EW N 0 o RN U R L .
t A Mc F PLE 3 F E
eOV 1 F
T uOE L C sPL C
=
E i L F E
S
C
, 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 I
STAftT SPosco2.B CALCxArnoA)
No ?(- % T Yss dPb50030 HEALTN/
g, Y-hr (Noo65" n% .
No fW]k Limir C m w YES
.SPASoo25 SPOSo018 .5Phs002.s Nor HeaNf =p *
= .t Goest EoPSt GuPLt
/hAGewm GRecaJ Arb l
l i
Figure 9-6. Processing Logic for Point SPDS002B and Operation of the Suppression Pool ,
Load Limit E0 PSI.
9-17
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 .
9.4 E0P DISPLAY L3.4, CONTAINMENT PRESSURE LIMITS The purpose of this display is to show present plant status with respect to the following three different multi-parameter containment pressure limits: (a) pressure suppression limit (limic 1), (b) pri mary containment pressure limit (limit 2), and (c) containment design pressure limit (limit 3). Coordinates of these limit curves are listed in Table 9-4.
The detailed arrangement of this display is shown in Figure 9-7.
A. Input Variables Required
- 1. SPDS0045, average mid-range drywell pressure
- 2. SPDS0067, average cont wide range level B. Graph Characteristics _
- 1. X-Axis ,
- a.
Title:
Primary Containment Water Level
~
- b. Variable: SPDt0067
- c. Range: 0 to 100
- d. Units: feet
- e. NV indicator: SPDS19NV
- 2. Y-Axi s ;
- a.
Title:
Drywell Pressure
~~
i
- b. Variable: SPDS0045
- c. Range: 0 to 80 .
- d. Units: psia
- e. NV indicator: SPDS09NV C. Calculations for External (Real) Data F'oint SPDS004B The processing logic for this point is shown in Figure 9-8. The
- difference between f(x,y) and the limit curves control the status of external point SPDS0048. When f(x,y) < limit 1, acceptable conditions exist and SPDS004B = 0. When limit 1 < f(x,y) < limit 9-18
___ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ i_
, 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 When f(x,y) >
2, SPDS0048 = 1 and a warning condition exists.
limit 2, When f(x,y) > limit 3, the alarm condition continues.
D. Operation of the Containment Pressure Limit E0 PSI
~ External point SPDS004B is used to drive a containment pressure limit status indicator in the L2.4 containment displays (see Section 8). Operation of this E0 PSI is defined in Figure 9-8.
e G
G O
I 9-19
~.
503-8500000-78 (Rev 2) 2/1/85 ,
l 4
4 1
Table 9-4. Coordinates of the Containnent Pressure Limit Curves.
X-Axis Y-Axi s l Primary Drywell Pressure (psia)
! Containment --------------------------------
Water Level (ft) Limit 1* Limit 2* Limit 3*
0 31.99 56.00 62.00 12.88 31.99 56.00 62.00 14.00 34.18 -
16.00 39.70 18.00 47.81 56.83 28.78 37.00 42.97 65.00 28.78 100.00 28.78 37.00 42.97 .
1
< i
- Limit 1 = pressure suppression limit Limit 2~ = primary containment pressure limit
~
Limit 3 = containment design pressure limit l
l t
l 9-22
3 -aRN-19es^ g' SELECT FUNC. HEY OR TURN-OH CODE DCPPRO: 23:27:50 E w in s.
CONTHINNENT PRESSURE LIMITS s'
?
e se -
g 2!
s . . .
~
DRYWELL .
1 PRESSURE 5.e PSta . .
L1 HIT 3 4e - -
L1 HIT 2 4
y I LINIT 1 l3 29 LINITS 1: PRESSURE SUPP. W PRESSURE LINIT e 2: PRINRRY CONT. O 20 40 60 00 100 PRESSURE LINIT PRINARY CONTAINNENT WATER LEVEL 3: PRINRRY CONT.
DESIGN PRESSURE 10.O FEET COOLANT l
F E rv T I ' ' I T i' t i j R E' SYSTErl C ONTH I Nf1F f 4T RftIJI U H L T it'F .
coutING INTEGRITY. I NTE t2R 1 T Y F'E L E tWE e u
i s
Fi=CLERR F2= EDIT F3=NENU F4= F5= F6= CD cma:: +++ HARDCOPY=ISUSY CONSOLE = UNKNOT,IN NODE =Ibh YES lim orCuevE
- 2.
I SPb50048 S?b5004B SPbsw{8 .SPDSoo@k Nor McACHf =p -L =2- ,
EQPSr Ect.sr Eorst entSr
/wMeng Grece# YELuw Aeb Figure 9-8. Processing Logic for Point SPDS004B and Operation of the Containment Pressure Limit E0 PSI.
9-22
, 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 9.5 E0P DISPLAY L3.5, DRYWELL SPRAY INITIATION PRESSURE LIMIT The purpose of this display is to show present plant status with respect to a multi-parameter limit that the operator must remain below in order to ensure an acceptable total air mass in the containment prior to the use of drywell sprays. Coordinates of the limit curve are listed in Table 9-5. The detailed arrangement of this display is shown 1n Figure 9-9. ,
/
Input Variables Required A.
- 1. SPDS0045, average mid-range drywell pressure
- 2. SPDS0063, overall average suppression pool water temperature B. Graph Characteristics
- 1. X-Axis
- a.
Title:
Drywell Pressure
- b. Variable: SPDS0045
- c. Range: G to 80
- d. Units: psia
- e. NV . indicator: SPDS09NV
- 2. Y-Axis i
- a.
Title:
Average Suppression Pool Temperature
- b. Variable: SPDS0063
- c. Range: 0 to 250
- d. Units: degrees fahrenheit ,
- e. NV indicator: None C. Calculations for External (Real) Data Point SPDS006B i The processing logic for this point is shown in Figure 9-10. The difference between f(x,y) and the limit curve controls the status of external point SPDS006B. When f(x,y) < limit, acceptable conditions exist a.1d SPDS006B = 0. When f(x,y) > limit, SPDS0068 l
- 1.
9-23
603-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
D. Operation of the Drywell Spray Initiation Pressure E0 PSI External point SPDS006B is used to drive a drywell spray
- initiation pressure status indicator in the L2.4 containment dis-plays (see Section 8). Operation of this E0 PSI is defined in Figure 9-10.
k I
i 2
b l
l .
4 O
l l
t t ,5
('
9-24 e w -
-w-4 y+w-s
503-8500000-78.(Rev 2) 2/1/85 iable9-5. Coordinates of the Drywell Spray Initiation Presssure Limit Curve.
X-Axis Y-Axi s J
Drywell Pressure Suppression Pool (psia) Temperature (*F) m 0 0 7.8 0 7.8 100
. 11.3 140 17.5 180 28.7 220
- 42.7 ' 250 e
f f
l i
l l
. 9-25 i
3e-ann-19es-E g
SELECT FUNC. KEY OR TURN-OH CODE DSPPRO: 23127ISS w O
DRYIJELL SPRRY INITIHTION PRESSURE LINIT @
?
e 2se ---------- g 5
296 RUERAGE SUPPRESSION POOL T,E t1P E R A T U R E is8
,80. 0 DEGF 100 -
?
lM 50 0 y g g O 20 48 68 BG DRYlJELL PRES $URE 5.0 PSIG ,
I
. COOLAHT F E ro T I'11 TY CORE SYSTEf1 CONTn I Hr tEi n Ris til unt T I t 'E
COOLING INTEGRITY INTEGRITY RELEASE -
N
._ , 3 3
Fi= CLEAR F2= EDIT F3=HENU F4= F5= , F6=
CMHC +++ HARDCOPY=tiUSY CONSOLE =UNKNQtilH NODE =i. i IN PLANT =HOPHF..-
Figure 9-9. Display L3.5. Drywell Spray Initiation Pressure Limit.
D
, 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 l
i l
SThr:r SPDio068 .
car.cataned N
yo A-TNNr yE5
- h5 eN.
h No m E5 t
No yes f(M)2 LanwCax SPMoo65 Sth5ce6B &Posco6B NorRWTttf = }6 . i..
Eorst seesr eorst
/ W eNT6 GMS) / ten Figure 9-10. Processing Logic for Point SPD5006B and Operation of ,
the Drywell Spray Initiatior. Pressure Limit E0 PSI.
9-27
503-8500000-78 (R v. 2) 2/1/85 ,
^
9.6 E0P DISPLAY L3.6, DRYWELL HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN STATUS The purpose of this display is to show current drywell status with '
respect to hydrogen and oxygen limits for combustible gas control. The hydrogen limit applies during all modes of plant operation and the oxygen limit applies during RUN and STARTUP plant modes, when the containment is inerted. Coordinates of the hydrogen and oxygen limit curves are listed in Table 9-6. The detailed arrangement of this display is shown in Figure 9-11.
A. Input Variables Required
- 1. T122, drywell hydrogen level
- 2. SPDS0045, average mid-range drywell pressure
- 3. SPDS0100, healthy maximum drywell oxygen B. Graph Characteristics This display contains two x-y plots, one for drywell hydrogen limits and one for drywell oxygen limits. The hydrogen graph is f
plotted above the oxygen graph, with the x-axis of both graphs aligned. It should be noted in Table 9-6 that the hydrogen and oxygen limits currently are defined as constants, and therefore are independent of drywell pressure. Drywell hydrogen and oxygen status are displayed as x-y plots in anticipation of future flammability limits which may be defined as fun.ctions of drywell pressure.
- 1. X-Axis (both graphs)
- a.
Title:
Drywell Pressure
- b. Variable: SPDS0045-
- c. Range: 0 to 80
- d. Units: psia
- e. NV indicator: SPDS09NV 9
9-28' l
l-
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
- 2. Y-Axis (hydrogen graph)
- a.
Title:
Drywell H2 Concentration
- b. Variable: T122
- c. Range: 0 to 10
- d. Units: percent
- e. NV indicator: None
- 3. Y-Axis (oxygen graph)
- a.
Title:
Maximum Drywell 02 Concentration
- b. Variable: SPDS0100
- c. Range: 0 to 25
- d. Units: percent
- e. NV indicator: None C. Calculation for External'(Real) Data Point SPDS0069, SPDS0090, SPDS0091 and SPDS0092 At CNS, .a single monitoring instrument is used to sample the
' oxygen. concentration ' at three d rywell points and a single suppression chamber point. Each sample. point is monitored in turn, and the instrument has a significant dwell time at each ,
point. .
The point being sampled is identified by means of the following
, digital points which have a value of "1" when the respective sample point being monitored, and a value of "0" when any other sample point is being monitored. -
. Point ID of
.- Sample Point Sample Point Identifier
, Drywell point #1 N627 Drywell point. #2 N628 Drywell point #3 N629 Torus N630 9-29 '
~
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
Once it is known which sample point is being monitored, it is necessary to determine the range setting of the oxygen instrument.
The range setting 1s identified by means of the digital points listed below. The digital point for the range currently in use has a value of "1", and the other two digital points have a value o f "0". These digital points determine the PMIS data point which is used to store the current value of oxygen concentration for the point being sampled.
Point ID Point ID'to Instrument Range Range Identifier Store Current Value O to 5% (range 1) N631 N061 0 to 10% (range 2) N632 N062 0 to 25% (range 3) N633 N065 Data point N061, N062 or N065 (~as determined by range setting) is assigned-the current value of whatever sample point is being monitored. To assist in managing containment oxygen data, the l following external (real) data points are assigned for the purpose of updating and archiving oxygen data from each separate sample point:
Point ID for Sample Point Analog 0xygen Data !
}
. Drywell point #1 SPDS0090 Drywell point #2 SPDS0091 Drywell point #3 ,
SPDS0092 Torus SPDS0069 ,
The processing logic for these SPDS data points is shown in Figure I 9-12. 1 1
l 1
9-30 l
\
! _ _ _ l
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
- Another calculation performed for drywell oxygen concentration is
~
the determination of the healthy maximum of points SPDS0090 tu SPDS0092. The healthy maximum value is assigned to point SPDS0100, and represents an upper bound on drywell oxygen, based on the most recent sampling cycle.
D. Calculations for External (Real) Points SPDS0078 and SPDS009B In this Level 3 display, the difference between f(x,y) and the hydrogen limit curve (limit 1) controls the status of external point SPDS0078. When f(x,y) < limit 1, acceptable hydrogen condi-tions exist and SPDS007B = 0. When f(x,y) >_ limit 1, SPDS007B =
- 1. The processing logic for this point is shown in Figure 9-13.
Note that SPDS0100, which is an input to the SPDS007B calculation, is the healthy maximum drywell oxygen concentration determined from the three drywell oxygen samples (SPDS0090, SPDS0091 and SPDS0092).
The difference between g('x,y) and the oxygen limit curve (limit 2) controls the status of external point SPDS0098. When g(x,y) <
limit 2, acceptable oxygen conditions exist and SPDS0098 = 0.
. When g(x,y) >_ limit 2, SPDS009B = 1. Processing logic for this point is shown in Figure 9-14.
E. Operation of the Drywell Hydrogen and Oxygen E0PSIs External points SPDS0073 and SPDS0098 are used to drive drywell
! hydrogen and oxygen status indicators, respectively, in the L2.4 containment displays (see Sections 8). Operation of the drywell hydrogen E0 PSI is defined in Figure 9-13, and the drywell oxygen E0 PSI is defined in Figure 9-14.
s 9-31 l'
t - - . - - , -
503-8500000-78 (Rev 2) 2/1/85 .
9 Table 9-6. -Coordinates of Containment
- Hydrogen and
- Oxygen Limit Curves.
X-Axis Y-Axis Drywell Pressure Hydrogen Oxygen (psia) Concentration (%) Concentration (%)
i !
0 2.5 4.0 80 2.5 4.0
- These limits apply for both the drywell and suppression chamber.
l O
l b
I i
l 9-32
, I l
$y$ ! ?u Q<$
4 E
L A
i E t 1
p S
i 5 1F r 8 TS H u_R 9e 15 U tE T
=
- 1 N7 R21 T uL lE i'-
=N 6A FL J R ll M P s T
- 3 R u _
82 t .
a 3
S t
s s S e e ' n N T NY
'l i
e g
E -
ET l
iI NR =E 1
=
O y
x G
l G 5D d FO Y
i rE n TT N a M e 0 NN 6E 6E OI H
n e
O R Ua R
UG C
O IJ g o
Sr S I r S a S S N d K
D Ep R
E P R N H y
N l
P . P .
Y l
=
5 S l A 0L 0L TNI IT
=E 4L l
e
- 4 L '
4 L AER I
FO w E E LTG S y O W W r QSE N R
P N Y R
Y R OYT O D P
S D
E D D CSN I
C Y
6
. G 0 0 S 3 Ul O 2 2 Nb t L y
R E=
hY l a
E D D =P 3O p
s O
C Y EN G FC D
i D
N H RI OL R
A O e 1 0 CO H 1
- O 1 N
R U
L .
5 e 2 2 i s 4 0 C T
9 T L 2 I e r
R O
E d
D E
=
u g
i l
N 2 F Y
E K
Y 2O 0T I */.
- T F+
+
R 1 R
tLR 1 I
e +
D
. I C NLR .
T N IE T O U NWN v Rm F RYE C E t
Ac NR N F E T D O L C C C E =
L 1 E F S
< lllI l'
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 .
l I
i
,STAKr ,
SPD5co61 f StkS0Mo To
$?DSx92.
CALC KArtors DETtAMtAIE ,
MPLC uni ~
N 6-M\okITbtEb
- . i l WINC i cum wr INSTSumENT ptAN6C SETTING-No SETTIN6- bATA YES 0K RETRIEVC Cuenen,-
VA X OF
}%wr Bein&
VcMITDRED No Consenur ycs ,
VALut~ -
H a t Ttty' GuoLit7 or ASII(rN C.%
[bwr BCIN6- 7D PAoADt.
, McH IToerb EM ONN IL NCAL (sac)bont l
Figure 9-12. Processing Logic for Points SPDS0069, SPDS0090, i SPDS0091, and SPDS0092.
I I
I 9-34 l
l 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 l l
l STAar SPbsoo75 CAcutAnW g X-INNT
- UbSaH5 licALT1tf W
No D%r y No / yes LumurCuve~
N'lB SPDioo78 SPbsoo7s NoT flGLT111 =g -
1 EcPsr Echr cepsr MADD GAEDI g.fD Figure 9-13. Processing Logic for Point SPDS007B and Operation of the Drywell Hydrogen Concentration Limit E0 PSI.
9-35 l
l -
e 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
zrpar SPDicDio CNCuLATIoAJ 9, X .GPur YE5 5t05004r HeAttry go Y-INAr yes SPD6cico HEnt. THY No Aw mace Yes ZGL-McDe=L No MRMP Y65 mace l ra.nce-2 l No b'bl YEs 02 [w or
, Cvnvc i
SPbsoc93 SPtSco1B -
SPmSs NorHm.M =1 =.f.
I EoPSr EoPsr EoPSr MMENTY GtteTH AEb l
l.
l l
Figure 9-14. Processing Logic for Point SPDS009B and Operation of the Drywell Oxygen Concentration Limit E0 PSI.
9-36
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 9.7 E0P DISPLAY L3.7, SUPPRESSION chi..tdER HYDR 0 GEN AND OXYGEN STATUS The purpose of this display is to show current torus status with l respect to hydrogen and oxygen concentration. The hydrogen limit applies !
during all modes of plant operation, and the oxygen limit applies during RUN j and STARTUP plant modes, when the containment is inerted. At the present time, there is no instrument.to monitor torus hydrogen, therefore, the torus hydrogen plot is inoperable. Coordinates of the hydrogen and oxygen limit curves are listed in Table 9-6. The detailed arrangements of this display is shown in Figure 9-15.
A. Input Variables Required ,
4
- 1. SPDS0045, average mid-range drywell pressure
- 2. SPOS0069, calculated torus oxygen
B. Graph Characteristics This display contains two x-y plo'ts, 'one for torus hydrogen limits and one for torus oxygen limits. The hydrogen graph is plotted above the oxygen graph with the x-axis of both graphs aligned. It should be noted that they hydrogen and oxygen limits currently are defined as constants and therefore are independent of suppression chamber pressure. Suppression chamber hydrogen and oxygen status are displayed as x-y plots in anticipation of future flammability limits which may be defined as functions of suppression chamber pressure.
- 1. X-Axis (both graphs)
. . a.
Title:
' Suppression Chamber Pressure
- b. Variable: SPDS0045 (Note that this is actually the average of the mid-range drywell pressure instruments F084 and F085. These instruments
- should accurately reflect torus pressure).
- c. Range: 0 to 80 4
9-37 P .
,a,r--- ,-- ,- -e, . - , - , - , - -
l I
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
- d. Units: psia *
- e. NV indicator: SPDS09NV
- 2. Y-Axis (hydrogen graph)
- a.
Title:
Torus Hydrogen Concentration
- b. Variable: XXXX (not currently available on PMIS)
- c. Range: 0 to 10
- d. Units: percent
- e. NV indicator: None
~
- 3. Y-Axis (oxygen graph) -
- a.
Title:
Torus Oxygen Concentration
- b. Variable: SPDS0069
, c. Range: 0 to 25
- d. Units: percent
- e. NV indicator: None C. Calculations for External (Real)' Data Points SPDS0069 and SPDS0108 l
- 1. External (Real) Point SPDS0069 The calculations for point SPDS0069 are described in Section 9.6, and the processing logic for this point is shown in Figu re 9-12.
- 2. External (Real) Point SPDS010B In this Level 3 display, the difference between f(x,y) and the oxygen limit curve controls the status of external point SPDS0108. When the plant is in the RUN or STARTUP mode and f(x,y) < limit 1, acceptable oxygen conditions exist and .
l SPDS0108 = 0. Limit 1 does not apply during SHUTDOWN and l REFUEL modes, thus SPDS0108 = 0 during these plant modes.
When the plant is in the RUN or STARTUP mode and f(x,y) >
limit 1, an alarm condition exists and SPDS010B = 1. The processing logic for this data point is shown in Figure 9-16.
9-38 t
4 503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 D. Operation of the Suppression Chamber Oxygen E0 PSI External (real) point SPDS010B is used to drive the suppression
- chacher oxygen status indicator in the L2.4 containment displays (see Section 8). Operation of this E0 PSI is defined in Figure 9-16.
i e
l l
i -
l .
4 l
4 I
a 9-39
. -- - . _ _ ~ . _ . . - - -- - - . - . - - - - - - - _ _
1 i
3e-JRH-1985- g, SELECT FUNC. KEY OR TURN-OH CODE DSPPRO: 23:27:58 E w,
! Li
! SUPPRESSION CHRt1BER sl
! HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN STRTUS 8
?
18 5' 9
to j TORU: H2 <
CONCENTRRTION 5- HOT RURtLROLE '
i N !
~ "
l N/R 4 l
E i i i e 20 40 68 88 SUPP. CHANDER PRE 88URE
- 5. P81R O 20 40 60 88 SUPP. CHANDER PRESSURE
- 5. PSIR C OOL AllT F F r ii TI IT, L tire SYSTEf1 C ONT A I NI1E r IT l f il' I t o til 'l l ' 'E COOLING INTEGRITY I NTE tiR I T i F Fl F RSF - -
m
~
D F1=CLERR F2= EDIT F3= MENU F4= F5= F6= D m
cm t ++ HARDCOPY=DUGY CONSOLE =UIlisNotJN NODE =I I 'I PLRNT=l:ORrInL Figure 9-15. Display L3.7, Suppression Chamber Hydrogen and Oxygen Status. ,
+-
O . _ _ - - - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
m q 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
- j i
4 05 IDS CALcund ya X-1Ntur Qs HolLT?ff Ho Y-MW ePoSco69 155 HcALnty No RkN Mow YEs
.DFL NW=1 No dwrke yg3 zet .z .
No fOn L ya 02Lim or G a s- -
l l SPDSoloB SrpsoloB l SPhsolos .
Nor HatTW =95 =1 i
EiOPSr EDP5r EcMu-Nor ffeLTry -
GREEN RED l
l Figure 9-16. Processing Logic for Point SPD5010B and Operation of i I the Suppre: sion Chamber Oxygen Concentration Limit 1 l E0 PSI.
9-41
. _ _ _ _ _:_D
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 9.8 E0P DISPLAY L3.8 RHR PUMP NPSH LIMITS .
l The purpose of this display is to show the present status of l 4 operating RHR pumps with respect to multi-parameter net positive suction head (NPSH) limits. The detailed arrangement of this display is shown in Figure 9-17.
A. Input Variables Required
- 1. N004, RHR loop A flow
- 2. N005, RHR loop B flow
- 3. N861, RHR pump 1A status -
- 4. N862, RHR pump 18 status
- 6. N864, RHR pump 1D status
- 7. SPDS0045, average mid-range drywell pressure
- 8. SPDS0063, overall average suppression pool water temperature Graph Characteristics B.
This display contains two, side-b; side x-y plots, one for each RHR loop. ,
f 1. X-Axis (graph 1) -
- a.
Title:
RHR loop A flow
- b. Variable: N004 i c. Range: 0 to 20,000
- d. Units: gpm {
l e. NV indicator: None *
,, 2. X-Axis (graph 2) j a.
Title:
RHR loop B flow
- b. Variable
- N005
- c. Range: 0 to 20,000
- d. Units: gpm
- e. NV indicator: None i 9-42 l
1 503-8500000-78 (RIv. 2) 2/1/85 )
, 3. Y-Axis (both graphs)
- a.
Title:
Avg. Supp Pool Temp
- b. Variable: SPDS0063
- c. Range: 0 to 250
- d. Units: degrees fahrenheit
- e. NV indicator: None
- 4. RHR NPSH Limit Curve Coordinates Coordinates of multiple NPSH limit curves are listed in Tabla 9-7. Each limit curve defines the applicable NPSH limits for
. single pump per loop operation at a specific torus pressure (i.e., 0, 5 or 10 psig). These limit curves do' not apply when two RHR pumps per loop are operating. Limit curves for two pump per loop ceration have not been established. The NPSH limit for the current torus pressure condition is calculated by linear interpolation between the static limit curves included in the display. If torus pressure exceeds 10 psig, the limit curve for 10 psig is still used (i.e., limits are not extrapolated). ,
C. Additional Display Characteristics Four RHR pump status indicators are included in this display. The operator should refer to these status indicators to verify the operational status of the RHR pumps if an NPSH alarm occurs. The alarm may not be valid if two RHR pumps are operating in a single RHR loop. The operation of these Equipment Status Indicators is described in Section 6. In addition, the curre_n_t value of drywell _ ,_
pressure (SPDS0045) is included in this display. This is an average value with engineering units of " psia". The NV indicator is SPDS09NV.
i l
l 9-43
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 l D. Calculations for External (Real) Data Point SPDS011B .
The processing logic for this point is shown in Figure 9-18.
Point SPDS011B has a value of 0 when acceptable NPSH conditions exist in RHR loops A and B and core spray loops A and B. Point SPDS011B = 1 under any of the following con 11tions:
- An RPR NPSR limit is exceeded in RHR 1 cop A or B
- A core spray NPSH limit is exceeded in CS loop A or B.
The RHR pump NPSH limits are shown in display L3.8 and the core spray pump NPSH limits are shown in display L3.9. In total, there
~
are four x-y plots, and hence four values of f(x,y) that are considered when determining the state of SPDS0118. When all f(x,y) are less than their respective NPSH limit, SPDS011B = 0.
When any f(x,y) is above its respective NPSH limit, SPDS011B = 1. ,
E. Operation of the NPSH Limit E0 PSI Exteanal (real) point SPDS0118 is used to drive the NPSH Limit Indicator in the L2.2 reactor core cooling displays (see Section 8)* Operation of this E0 PSI is defined in Figure 9-18. The NPSH limit E0 PSI considers the current status of four different NPSH limit pl,ots (i.e., RHR loops A and B and core spray loops A and B). The E0 PSI is GREEN when all NPSH limits are satisfied, and is RED when any NPSH limit is exceeded. The validation process for this E0 PSI causes it to be displayed in MAGENTA when: (a) one or both input variables to any NPSH plot is not healthy, or (b) average drywell pressure (SPDS0045) is not healthy, or *
. (c) PMIS redundant point check is failed by average drywell pressure (SPDS0045) or average suppression pool temperature (SPDS0063). Operation of this E0 PSI does not. consider the possible operation of two RHR pumps per loop. y 1
9-44
503-8500000-78 (Rev 2) 2/1/85 4
Table 9-7. Coordinates of the RHR NPSH Limit Curves (Single RHR Pump per Loop Operation Only).
1 I X-Axis Y-Axis i
4
~
RHR Flow Suppression Pool Temperat'ure ('F)
(gpm) Limit 1* Limit 2* Limit 3*
i t
1 0 193.0 213.0 228.0 j 3950 193.0 213.0 228.0 i 4810 192.0 212.0 226.0 5775 190.5 211.0 225.0 6740 188.0 210.0 224.5 7700 . 186.0 208.0 224.0 d
i
- Limit 1 applies at a contain.nent pressure of 0 psig, Limit 2 applies at 5 psig and Limit 3 applies at 10 psig.
l J
j s
9-45
, y m, -----e-, - -- - - - - - - - - - - . - - , - , , , ,, - v.-- - - .- , , - -e-
38- = =1 63' m SELECT FUNC. ItEY OR TURN-ON CODE DSPPRO: E O 23:27 50 w
~
e RHR PUNP MPSH LIMITS s (LINIT CURUES RPPLY ONLY TO SINOLE PUHP PER LOOP OPERRT10H1 8 o
a 258 250 y
.8 9__E N E $ 9,. RN183. ____ m g
l
.1Ett k ,, . E RM3ts _ ___
i RUG. 298- __g_gggg 200 - .o eg:;g, <
~ '
l SUPP.
POOL $
I TEMP. 158- 150'-
80.
l MW l 108 - 100 -
58- SG -
e E
- e. , , , e-- i ; i
! O 5000 10000 15000 20038 9 5008 19898 15988 20088 RHR LOOP R FLOW RHR LOOP B FLOW i
j mgg O. GPH 0. GPH ,
! PRESS.
l 5.PSIG RHR PUNP 1R RHR PUHP iC RHR PUHP 18 RHR PUHP 1D 3
STRTUS STRTUS STRTUS STRTUS
} UF F OFF UFF ul l I
i i y,;l niii
,IilT. i t iF E
! FFre S J2TEfI i Ol 4TR I Nile HT if tlililah T li iE I COutING INTE i A I TY INTE6RITi' PELEASE -
to 1
N l' F1= CLEAR F2= EDIT F3=NENU F4= F5= F6= co
, cm.c + + + ,HARDCOPY=DilSY CONSOLE =tlN6(NOWN NODE =i a il1 PLRHT=NuPIIRL
l '
l e-a 1
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 s
e SrMT-SPDS0115 Ch.cuLATsoN M N W1 Y'"5 Aus tsar SLTHf No hY$65 10 b
REyAtyt No EMS tfEAl.TH A4
'In ,
N*
CoM: S$ A wir Cugs No a '/cs LiwCM ho f
'j YC5 ercuor N0 Igg 4's Laur Cuw 6PD50118 SPbSollB SPhso11B 7
Nor HEgittj *@ *1 l COPLE EDPSE - i ECPS:
n\AGENTM GRECM 8ED I
Figure 9-18. Processing Logic for Point SPDS0118 and Operation i of the NPSH Limit E0 PSI.
l 9-47 1
.i 503-8500000-78 (R2v. 2) 2/1/85 6 9.9 E0P DISPLAY L3.9, CORE SPRAY PUMP NPSH LIMITS The purpose of this display is to show the present status of operating-Core Spray pumps with respect to multi-parameter NPSH limits. The detailed arrangement of this display is shown in Figure 9-19.
A. Input Variables Required
- 1. N000, Core spray lA flow
~2. N001, Core spray 1B flow
- 3. SPDS0045, average mid-range drywell pressure
- 4. SPDS0063, overall average suppression pool water temperature B. Graph Characteristics This display contains two, side-by-side x-y plots, one for each core spray loop
- I
- 1. X-Axis (graph 1)
- a.
Title:
Core Spray Pump 1A flow .
- b. Variable: N000 -
- c. Range: 0 to 6000
- d. Units: gpm .,
- e. NV indicator: None j 2. X-Axis (graph 2) l .
j a.
Title:
Core Spray Pump 1B flow I b. Variable: N001
- c. Range: 0 to 6000 l
l
- d. Units: gpm i
- e. NV indicator: None t
9-48
503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 e 3. Y-axis (both graphs)
,- a.
Title:
Supp Pool Temp
) b. Variable: SPDS0063
- c. Range: 0 to 250
- d. Units: degrees fahrenheit e.. NV indicator: None i
- 4. Core Spray NPSH Limit Curve Cocedinates Coordinates of multiple NPSH 1 mit curves are listed in Table 9-8. Each limit curve defines the applicable NPSH limits for
~
a specific torus pressure (i.e., 0, 5 or 10 psig). The NPSH limit for the current torus pressure condition is calculated
! by linear interpolation between the static limit curves included in the display. If torus pressure exceeds IC psig, l
the limit curve for 10 psig is still used (i.e., limits are
- not extapolated).
! C. Additional Display Characteristics l This display includes two core spray pump status indicators.
l Operation of these equipment status indicators is described in Section 6. .In addition, the current value of drywell pressure (SPDS0045) is included in this display. This is an average vutue with engineering units of " psia". The NV indicator is SPDS09NV.
1 D. Calculations for External (Real) Data Point SPDS0118 l In each core spray ' x-y plot, the proximity of ' f(x,y) to the
- . respective NPSH limit is a factor to be co'nsidered in determining 1 the status of external point SPDS0118. ~ For details, see Section 9 *-
I - .- . l I
E. Operation of the NPSH Limit E0 PSI See Section 9.8.
i i
4 l 9-49
_.. . , - - - . . , , . . - - . . _ ._ . , . . . , _ _ - - - _ . . - . . _ . , , . . . . _ , .,-._-.,_,,.,_.3 ,3_-- ,. -,.
503-8500000-78 (Rsv 2) 2/1/85 .
Table 9-8. Coordinates of the Core Spray NPSH Limit Curves.
X-Axis Y-Axi s Core Spray Suppression Pool Temperature (*F)
Flow (gpm) Limit 1* Limit 2* Limit 3*
0 201 219 233 1500 201 219 233 2950 199 217 231 4720 186 210 225 4850 184 207 224
- Limit 1 applies at a containment pressure of 0 psig, Limit 2 applies at 5 psig, and Limit 3 applies at 10 psig.
5 i
e D
9-50
s 1
38-JRN-1995- O' O
SELECT FUNC. HEY OR TURN-ON CODE DSPPRO: 23:27:50 E w o
CORE SPRRY PUNP MPSH LINITS @
?
i 250
_19_ERXtt.
250
.89.MA*p g
~ ~ ~ ~ -
_ 9_.ERip . _ _ _
~~
~ F...P pru _ ___,____7_{~{ ~ g
- Supe.
2eg _ - 9 29%CE . ~..
280 - . 9. Y M 2 p l~ ~~- f 1
pg N
~
TEMP.
80.
DEGF 119 - 110 -
95 - 95 -
so 8
u, O B 5 O~ i i O 2000 4000 6000 0 2006 4898 6e CORE SPRRY LOOP R FLOW CORE SPRRY LOOP b FLOW g gt O. OPH 0. OPH PRESS.
~
t tit it # 414 r F E Hi 1IiiiT, t ORE S c3TEIi r Cil4Tfi!filIFtIT RfW ! i int 'l ! i it
(~ OOL IhG II 4TEGR I TY I HTEiiR 1 T i RE L F ti?F N D
Fi< LEAR cmec + + +
F2= EDIT F3=NENU F4= F5= F6= D m
HARDCOPY=SUSY CONSOLE = UNKNOWN HODE=e. 11 i PLRNT=NORiltiL Fi9ure 9-19. Display L3.9, Core Spray Pump NPSH Limits.
i
1 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 .
s 9.10 E0P DISPLAY L3.11, RPV SATURATION TEMPERATURE LIMIT
- The purpose of this display is to show present plant status with respect to a multi-parameter limit that the operator must remain below in order to prevent boil-off or flashing in the cold reference leg RPV level instruments. The operator can no longer _ rely on the cold reference leg RPV level instruments if plant conditions are above the saturation temperature limit. Coordinated of the limit curve are listed in Table 9-9. The detailed arrangement of this display is shown in Figure 9-20.
A. Input Variables Required
- 1. SPOS0030, average RPV pressure
- 2. SPDS0051, maximum drywell temperature B. Graph Characteristics
- 1. X-Axis
- a. .Ti tl e.: RPV Pressure '
- b. Variable: SPDS0030
- c. Range: 0 to 1500 d.. Units: psig
- e. NV indicator: SPD507NV
- 2. Y-Axis ,
i
- a.
Title:
Maximum Orywell Temperature
- b. Variable: SPDS0051
- c. Range: 0 to 600 (Note that this range exceeds the 0 l
to 4000F dynamic range available from variable l SPDS0051)
- d. Units: degrees fahrenheit
- e. NV indicator: SPDS06NV 9-52
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85
. C. Calculations for External (Real) D'ata Point SPDS0288 The processing logic for this point is shown in Figure 9-21. The
- difference between f(x,y) and this limit curve controls the status of external point SPDS0288. When f(x,y) < limit, RPV water level should not be adversely affected by drywell temperature and SPDS0288 = 0. When f(x,y) f_ limit, flashing in the reactor water level instrument cold reference legs may occur, thereby adversely affecting the validity of RPV water level indication. In this case, SPDS0288 = 1.
D. Operation of the RPV Saturati_on Temperature Limit E0 PSI External point SPDS0288 1.s used to drive ,the RPV saturation
~
temperature status indicator in all displays which present RPV water level .information (the L1.0 overview display, the L2.2 core cooling displays, and the L3.15 RPV Pressure / Level Status Matrix).
The RPV saturation temperature limit status indicator provides
, supplementary validation of th RPV water leve.1 information.
Operation of this E0 PSI is defined in Figure. 9-21.
With regard to the operation of this E0 PSI, not'e that RPV saturation temperature at normal operating conditions is approximately 545*F. The CNS containment temperature monitoring instruments used by the SPDS have a capability of mor.itoring temperature up to 400*F, which corresponds to saturation temperature for an RPV pressure of 232 psig. If d rywell temperature exceeds 400 F, the proximity to the RPV saturation temperature limit cannot be determined using data available to the SPDS. In this case the RPV saturation temperature limit E0 PSI will be displayed in MAGENTA. A limit line is included in this x-y plot to clearly define the 400*F engineering high range of the
- containment temperature monitoring instruments used by the SPDS.
9-53
503-8500000-78 (Rev 2) 2/1/85 ,
Table 9-9. Coordinates of the RPV Saturation Temperature Limit Curve.
i X-Axis Y-Axis RPV Pressure Drywell Temperature (psig)' (*F) 0 212 15.13 250 -
34.50 280 52.31 300 R8.35 330 119.91
- 350
~
181.03 380 -
23'2.56 400 l 328.97 430 l
407.85 540
- 452.2 460 ,
l 500.0 470 551.'4 480' 606.8 490 l
l 666.2 .
500 729.8 510 797.8 520 870.5 530 948.1 540 1030.7 550 ,
1080.0 556 1118.7 560 1500 597.6 9-54
) -
t
.i l 3e-JAH-1985 m O
SELECT FUNC. HEY OR TURN-UN CODE DSPPRO: 23:27:50 E g l I
. co
! m i
o I
RPU SRTURATION TEMPERATURE LIMIT 8 o
l -
o 1 ,
1
' N co l
$ Gee n
- o 1 to 1
N
! v 5
{ i 1
! PMMINt21 BetYnELL 488 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . - - - - -
! TEMPEftRTURE I
! 100. DEGF 1
lI
\ 'O
& 200 l m i HESTE R THE ENE32NEER2Nt3 e i L2H2T H2t3H POR
'i t3RYNELL TEMP. 0 p, .
I 2NSTRUMENTS 25 400 i TH2s D2sPLMY cmHHt37 DE DR2VEN MSOVE THAT VMLUE. g I I I I I e 300 600 900 1200 1588 RPO PRESSURE l 1000. PSIG l*
i UOLRilT FLen 1 IITi- CURE S', E l E t t E 6N T A I Hi lt NT Pp # I > I1.et it. T I ' 'E
- COOLING INTEGR1TY' INTEGRITi PELER?E -
m h
F1= CLEAR F2= EDIT F3=NENU F4= F5= F6= D m
cane + + + HARDcOPy=ouSY CONSOLE =UHKNOWN HODE=luH PLRNT= HOR 11 At Figure 9-20. Display L3.11, RPV Saturation Temperature Limit.
503-8500000-78 (P.ev. 2) 2/1/85 ' !
I l
6 fB cuww No X- % Y Jes n.81n:
IfEALTHf ves ~:
A d2 yes L@imorCuw No W YE4 ,
4 Eu Lt.uir .
HIGil J
9450236 sposozgs sn5ms -
Noril W W =g =$ , -
(
\ Eofsr eerst eom i M4 GREol geh Figure ~9-21. Processing Logic for Point SPDS0288 and Operation of the RPV Saturation Temperature Limit E0 PSI.
9-56
s 503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 '
9.11 E0PDISPLAYL3.12,MAXIMUMCOREUNCCVERYJIMELIMIT The purpose of this static display is to provide the operator with rapid access to a multi-parameter limit that def nes the time following shutdown from full power for a completely uncovered reactor core to heatup from equilibrium at 5450F to a peak clad temperature of 22000F with no spray or steam cooling. Coordinates of the limit curve are listed in Table 9-10.
The detailed arrangement of this display is shown in; Figure 9-22.
A. Input Variables Required !
I None. This is a static graph for reference only.
l I
B. Graph Characteristics
- 1. X-Axis
. a.
Title:
Time after Reactor Shutdown
- b. Variable: None
- c. Range: 1 to 6000 i
- d. Units: minutes I
- 2. Y-Axis
, a.
Title:
Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit (min.)
- b. Variable: None
- c. Range: 0 to 40
- d. Units: minutes e
t 9
9-57
503-8500000-78 (Rev 2) 2/1/85 ,
Table 9-10. Coordinates of the Maximum Acceptable Core Uncovery Time Limit Curve.
m X-Axis Y-Axis
- Time After Reactor Shutdown Maximum Acceptable Core (min) Uncovery Time (min) 1 3.50 5 4.82 ,
10 5.55 _
15- 6.10 20 6.58 30 7.42 40 8.13 50 8.75~
i 60 9.30 80 . 10.22
'00
. 10.97 ,
600 16.90 1000 19.33 3000 27.2d 6000 35.27 l
9-58
.~- - . . - , . . . . - -
-- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ ~ _. - _
( '
i i 3e-JRN-1985 - @
. SELECT FUNC. HEY OR TURN-OH CODE DSPPRO: 23327 ISO E w
- 1 =
m i
O
~
MRXIMUM CORE UNCOUERY TINE LINIT $
O l .O i n
! /
3e f
- /
! /
/
retMINUH CORE UNCOUERY TITE 28 (NIN3 us .-
,/
10
. ,.c 1 e ,
1000
, 1 10 100 10000 TINE RFTER RERCTOR SHUTDOWN (HIN3 "
! F E r1 FI<il7, CURE S 'E S T E l i ;ONT A TNf IE f i f PhD 1 URL 1 18 *E COOLING INTEGR1TY INTEGRITi PELEASE :>- N 4 %
F1= CLEAR F2= EDIT F3=NENU F4= F5- F6= m cm+++ HRRDCOPY=BLISY CONSOLE =tJNKNOlJN NODE =i iiti PLRNT=HOPMAL Figure 9-22. Display L3.12, Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit.
i l
l l
_ _ _ _____ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ __ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _9_
. ._ - - ~
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
9.12 ,
E0P DISPLAY L3.15, RPV PRESSURE / LEVEL STATUS MATRIX The purpose of this display is to show present plant status with respect to multiple plant variables and to show the complement of low-head and high-head pumps that are operating to supply makeup to the reactor vessel. This combination of information is to support the operator in a relatively complex decision-making process related to implementation of Emergency Operating Procedures (see SPDS Safety Analysis
- for further details). The detailed arrangement of this display is shown in Figure 9-23.
A. Input Variables Required
- 1. SPDS0024, Average wide range RPV level rate-of-change
- 2. SPDS0030, Average RPV pressure
- 3. SPDS0218, Constant 100 psig
- 4. SPDS022B, Constant 425 psig -
B. Matrix Characteristics
, 1. X-Axis of Matrix I
~
L
- a.
Title:
RPV Pressure Region
- b. Variable: RPV pressure region is subdivided into three mutually exclusive states: high, intermediate and low. Data points SPDS0218 and SPDS022B ,
are constants which establish the values of RPV pressure which divide these three pressure !
regions (i.e., currently set at 100 psig and 425 psig, respectively). A high pressure condition exists when RPV pressure (SPDS0030) is > SPDS0228. An intermediate pressure l condition exists when SPDS0218 < SPDS0030 <
SPDS0228. A low pressure condition exists when SPDS0030 < SPDS0218.
Safety Parameter Display System Safety Analysis, 503-8500000-76 9-60
M 503-8500000-78 (Rsv. 2) 2/1/85 I
, \
- c. Range: Not applicable
- d. Units: psig
- 2. Y-Axis of Matrix
- a.
Title:
RPV Level ,
- b. Variable: RPV level has two mutually exclusive states:
steady / increasing, and decreasing. RPV water level is steady or increasing when the rate-of-change (SPDS0024) is'?_0. Water level is decreasing when rate-of-change is < 0.
- c. Range: Not applicable
- d. Units: Not applicable C. Operation of the Status Matrix Five external points, SPDS023B to SPDS027B, are defined to con-trol the operation of the'following five boxes which constitute the RPV pressure / level status matrix:
RPV pressure high/RPV level increasing RPV pressure intermediate /RPV level increasing
- RPV pressure low /RPV level increasing RPV pressure high or intermediate /RPV level decreasing
- RPV pressure low /RPV level decreasing At any given time, only one of the five external points can be in a "TRUE" state (i.e., have a current value of "1").
- The color coding of the status matrix has been chosen to be:
CYAN for the one box of the matrix that represents the cur-rent state of RPV pressure and RPV level rate-of-change. All other boxes of the matrix are blanked.
l l 9-61 l
l _- ._
e 503-8500000-78-(Rty. 2) 2/1/85 ,
5
-- All boxes of the matri, are MAGENTA if one or both input points (SPDS0024 and/or SPDS0030) are not healthy.
The RPV pressure / level status matrix does not unambiguously define the severity of the present plant condition. Therefore, color coding of the matrix to indicate warning or al' arm conditions is not implemented.
The processing logic for operating the status matrix is shown in Figure 9-24.
i D. Calculation of External (Real) Data Points SPDS0238 to SPDS0288 ,
The processing logic for each external (real) point is shown in .
Figure 9-24, and is described in detail below.
- 1. External (Real) Point SPDS0238 The "RPV pressure high/RPV level increasing' box of the status matrix is controlled by external point SPDS0238. , If SPDS0030 > SPD30228 and SPDS0024 > 0, then SPDS0238 = 1 and the joint condition of high pressure and steady or increasing level exists. For any other condition, SPDS0238 = 0.
! i i
- 2. External (Real) Point SPDS0248 ,
The "RPV pressure intermediate /RPV level increasing" bo'x of the status matrix is controlled by external point SPDS0248. !
l If SPDS0218 < SPDS0030 < SPDS0228 and SPDS0024 > 0, then l SPDS0248 = 1 and the joint condition of intermediate pressure and steady or increasing level exists. For any other condition' SPDS024B = 0.
- 3. External (Real) Point SPDS025B The "RPV pressure low /RPV level increasing" box of the status matrix is controlled by external point SPDS0258. I f .SPDS0030
< SPDS0218, and SPDS0024 > 0, then SPDS0258 = 1 and the joint 1
9-62 l
3 503-8500000-78 (R;v. 2) 2/1/85 s
3 condition of low pressure and steady or increasing level exists. For any other condition SPDS025B = 0.
- 4. External (Real) Point SPDS026B The "RPV pressure high or intermediate /RPV level decreasing" box of the status matrix is controlled by external point SPDS026B. If SPDS0030 > SPDS0218 and SPDS0024 > 0, then SPDS026B = 1 and the joint condition of high or intermediate pressure and decreasing level exists. For any other condition SPDS0268 = 0,
- 5. External (Real) Point SPDS0278 The "RPV prer are low /RPV level decreasing" box of the status matrix is controlled by external point SPDS0278. If SPDS0030
< SPDS0218 and SPDS0024 < 0, then SPDS0278 = 1 and the joint condition of low pressure and decreasing level exists. For any other condition SPD$0278 = 0.
E. Additional Display Characteristics In addition to the status matrix described above, this display contains the following information: *
- 1. Digital Current values
- SPDS0022, average wide range RPV level.
Engineering units are " inches". The NV indicator is SPDS04NV.
SPDS0024, average wide range RPV level rate-of-change. Engineering units are " inches / minute".
There is no NVI.
. - SPDS0030, average RPV pressure. Engineering units are "psig". The NV indicator is SPDS07NY.
- SPDS0031, average RPV pressure rate-of-change.
Engineering units are " psi / minute". There is no NVI.
9-63
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 s
- 2. Equipment and E0P Limit Status Indicators (see Section 6)
- RHR pump 1A (N861) ,
4 - - RHR pump 1B (N862)
- RHR pump ID (N864)
- CS pump 1A (M578)
- CS pump 1B (M580)
- HPCI pump (SPDS0085)
- RCIC pump (SPOS0086)
- RPV saturation temperature limit (SPOS0288) i 1
e
+
l I
e l
9-64
-, , - - - , . - - ~ - - . v --- ,, .--,+,,,-,--n.- - - - ~,
e--,->--
l l s.
I i un 38-JRN-1985' 8 SELECT FtX4C. KEY OR TURN-ON CODE DSPPRO: 23:27250 E g,
_ - o RPU PRESSURE /LEUEL STRTUS HRTRIX @
i i ?t u i 1000. PSIG 03 RPu Snr RPU PRESBURE g LIMIT . PSI /HIH REGION @
$i LOW INTERHEDIRTE HIGH
< 100 PsiG > 425 PSIG
, RPU LEUEL STERDY OR INCRERSING N 30.0 INCfES I t o
& e:.as IN/ MIN DECRERSING us PUNP STATUS INDICHTORS RMt IR RHR 1B RHR IC RHR ID CS R CS B HPCI RCIC
- i <FF vFF UF F , OFF (if I uff
- i. O u, At4T a r-- '; i ' RE i
si S TErl C Of 4Ttil rir 1E r i r F' AD li n tC T i t JE to J ._; t . .. I r i U IriTEGRITY INTEGRll. F E L E ffSE -
3 D
~
i F1= CLEAR F2= EDIT F3=HENU F4= F5= F6= m
) cnNC + ++ HARDCOPY=St1SY CONSOLE = UNKNOWN NODE-t 'a it t PLANT =HORi tal.
Figure 9-23. Display L3.15. RPV Pressure / Level Status Matrix.
503-8500000-78 (Rev. 2) 2/1/85 ,
Ed sa To ensaits No XW Yes ker#hrn i
g y'-hT- /Es stasoo11 Heu.rny c? & W of beenessais-n Yw SPosx14 SPOS0624
>p <# ,
Aw om Mr6H CASE OF Q In n kAls- Case or L.ou 8 1V HEC Wet 8N /X'Essigte" h ee radnr I I i 9Dsoo3o &D50218 SPasco3o srescoso sensoaso l
=
2 srDio228 jj{3ydj 6 sroso215 > 570so2,tS 5 Srbso213 l -
- 7' l N3oh3 Srbs023B Srb 50243 SPhse255 5thso2(B SPhso278 n.r urn __
1 - 1. 1 1. 1 Euner I hess. #sen heess. .Tur Ikess. Low, Stess##.Dir, hess. Low l 57Ans A1Alptg. LEVEL I4c., LWEL .De,. LVct I4c. LEVEL bec LEVEL. bet.
InAGENTA ikack CYAM Suw CYM SLcCn CfAN block CYM BLDCK CYAA \
Figure 9-24. Processing Logic for Points SPD50238 to SPDS027B and Operation of the RPV Prassure/ Level Status Matrix.
9-66 l
< 503-8500000-78 (Rav. 2) 2/1/85
.e
- 10.
SUMMARY
The preceding sections provide detailed information on the format, content, and operation of the SPDS displays developed for the Cooper Nuclear Station. A summary of the information available in each SPDS display is I
presented in Table 10-1.
1
+
l I
l i
I i
10-1
, . , . , - , _ _ ,. - - - . . -, - _ - - , - , - , , - - , . , , - , , - -_ ,, - .-__,n.--,_,,-.,,.,_..,__..m . , . , _ _ , _ . , _ , . _ . . _ , .__.,__,__-._y_- --- _. , _ . -, -~
m o
Table 10-1. Summary of Plant Information Contained in CNS SPDS Displays. 'f oo m
- 8 O
O O
- 4 Lisplay ID Type Plant variables Displayed As Bars. Trends, or X-Y Plotsggy Additional P1 t Variables (2 SafetyFunctig Indicators Equipment Indicators5tgs E0P Limit Status Indicatorsg3I Lt.0 Bar APIM None Reactivity Control Reactor scram RPV saturation temp lia NPV pressure Core Cooling, All-rods-in RPV level (NR), Coolant System v Drywell pressure (NR) Integrity Containment Integrity Radioactive Release L2.1.1 Bar APRM ~ None same as above All APRM DNSC trip None SRM Any APRM upscale Any APRM inoperative Any 78RM bypassed k SRM position Any SRM upscale Any SRM inoperative Any SRM bypassed Reactor scram status All-rods-in L2.1.2 Trend Same as Lt.l.1 None 5ase as above Some as L2.1.1 None L2.2.1 Bar + RPV level (NR.3 channels) RPW pressure Same as above SRV status NPSH lim Mimic (WR.2 channels) MSIV status RPV saturation temp lim (IZ.2 channels)I8I (simic )
to L2.2.2 Irend RPW level (WR avg) Same as L2.2.1 Same as above Same as L2.2.1 Same as L2.2.1
^
)
(FZ avg)
D m
/
t i . i. .
. _ . x
s s
u, Table 10-1. Summary of Plant Infonnation Contained in CNS SPDS Displays (continued). 8
. O 8
O 8
Display ID Type Plant Variables Displayed As Sars. Trends, or X-v PlotsIyI Additional variables t*
SafetyFunctg Indicators Equipment Indicators5tgs E0P Limit Status Indicators gp $
L2.3.1 Bar RPV pressure Reactivity Control None Isolation demand hone ,
Drywell pressure (put) ' Core Cooling (gmups I to 7)
Containment radiation Coolant System W status v Integrity MSIV status Containment Integrity Drywell sump pump Radioactive Release L2.3.2 Trend Same as L2.3.1 None same as above Same as L2.3.1 None L2.4.1 Sar Drywell pressure (MR) None same as above Isolation demand Heat cap temp Ilm (gmups I to 7) g Drywell temperature (man) g,,g g,,y,,,y jg,
{ Supp pool temperature (avg) Supp pool load lia Supp pool water level (tal) Cont press lin Drywell spray lia Drywell H II"
, 2 Drywell 0 II" 2
L2.4.2 Trend Drywell pressure (MR) None Same as above Same as L,2.4.1 Same as L2.4.1 Drywell temperature (man)
Supp pool temperature (avg)
L2.4.3 Mimic Supp pool temperature bars supp pool temp Same as above SRV "A" to SRV *H" Heat cap temp lim (8 sector average readings) I8'9I Valve position Heat cap level lim Supp pool temp ROC SV "A" to SV *C"
. RPV pressure valve position % W had l Supp Chbr H 8 '"( )
RPV pressure ROC HPCI pump 2 m RCIC pump Supp Chbr 0 II" N 2
N U9 w- __ -% - - y ,j
u, O
Table.10-1. Summary of Plant Information Contained in CNS SPDS Displays (continued). 'f
. 8' 8
8 O
Display Plant variables Olsplayed III Additional P t Safety funct Equipment St Indicators b
W ID Type As Bars. Trends, or I-Y Plots Variables ( Indicators E0P Limit Status IndicatorsI3I n
- D L2.5.1 Bar ERP effluents None Reactivity Control None None fD A0G & RW effluents Core Cooling .
Ra bldg ef fluents Coolant System g Integrity v Turth bldg effluents SJAC effluents Containment Integrity Radioactive Release L2.5.2 Trend ERP effluents None Same as above None , None A0G & RW effluents Ra blog effluents' o
$ L2.5.3 Trend Turb blog effluents ,
None Same as above None None h 5JAE effluents L3.1 I-V RPV pressure hone Same as above Hone None Supp pool tenverature (avg) -
L3.2 I-V Delt'a i heat capacity None
- Same as above None None Supp pool uater level (WR)
L3.3 I-Y RPV pressure None Same as above None Mone Supp pool water level (WR)
L3.4 I-Y Containment water level (WR) None Same as above None None Drywell pressure (MR) to N
5 8
7 2-
s
- o E
Table 10-1. Susunary of' Plant Inforiration Contained in CNS SPDS Displays (continued). [
E 8-O Display Plant variables Displayed Additional P t ,$afety function "cx, ID Type As Sars, Irends, or I-Y PlotsIgI Wariables( Indicators (3) Equipment Indicators5tgs E0P Limit Status Indicatorsg3) 3-Y Drywell pressure (MR)
L 3.5 None Reactivity Control None None k Supp pool temp (avg) Core Cooling Coolant System integrity U
Containment lategrity Radioactive Release L3.6 I-V Grywell pressure (m ) None Same as above None None Drywell hydrogen conc.
Dryuell osygen conc. (men) 5 L3. 7 I-Y Drywell pressure (MR) None same.as above None None b Torus hydrogen conc. N Torus osygen (conc.)
L3.8 I-V RHR loop A flow Drywell pressure (pet) Same as above RHR pump 1A m RHR loop 8 flow RHR pump 18 Supp pool temp (avg) RHR pump IC RHR pump'ID 13.9 A-T Core spray A flow Drywell pressure (MR) Same as above CS pump 1A None Core spray B flow C5 pump IB Supp pool temp (avg)
L3.Il I-V RPV pressure None Same as above None None
. Drywll temperature (man)
Q R
co crt
f m
Table 10-1. 8 Sunnary of Plant Information Contained in CNS SPDS Displays (continued). &
j ' m o
8 o
o b
a, .
m Olsplay Plant variables Displayed Safety Function As Sars. Trends, or I V Plotsggy Additional gt Equipment e Type Indicators5tgs 10 Variables Indicators E0P Status Indicators (3) <
L3.12 E-V home None Reactivity Control None N
hone w j
tatic]
Core Cooling Coalant System Integrity Contalanent Integrity Radioactive Release a
L3.15 mtres mone RPV level (WR) Same as above RHR pump IA RP r' $" '
e r g y ## II. pump 1R RPV pressure int /RPV 4
o RPV pressure RtR pump IC level increasing s
e RPV pressury ROC RNR pump 10 RPV pressure low /RPV i
. C5 pg 1 A II I"' "*5I"9 1
C5 pump 1R RPV pressure hi-int /RPV level decreasing IN RPV pressure low /RPV RCIC pump level decreasing i
RPV saturation temp
.; notes: (I) NR = narrow range. ide = wide range. FZ = fuel zone range'. MR = mid-range;
- (2) (haly current values appear in the display; i (3) Status indicators are descrthed in Sections 5 and 6; (4) This feature is not operational because data to drive this feature is not available on Pitl5.
t
- N :
! % t
.i C
m d
4
_} - e, e - +--. me. nn >.w-y nw w _ n., , _